-
41 в современных условиях
1) General subject: in this day and age (АД), in the current context, in the contemporary context, under present-day conditions2) Cliche: in the modern contextУниверсальный русско-английский словарь > в современных условиях
-
42 П-276
ПОКА ЧТО coll AdvP Invar adv fixed WO1. at the present time, regardless of what may happen laterfor the time beingfor the present for the moment for now right now ( s.o. sth. still...). «Видите, какой я радостный? Это потому, что у меня все впереди. А пока что мне вполне достаточно одного острова из группы Курильских островов, вас, милые жители этого острова, избушки на курьих ножках да милой жены!» (Залыгин 1). "See how happy-go-lucky I am? That's because I've got everything before me. But for the moment I'm perfectly content with what I've got nowone island in the Kurile Chainyou, my dear islandersa hut on wobbly stilts, and a pretty wife" (1a).Дом, который я строю, почти готов к сдаче. Вот он стоит за забором пока что пустой, с потемневшими от дождя стенами из силикатного кирпича (Войнович 5). The building I'm constructing will soon be ready to hand over. Right now it still stands empty behind the fence, its silicate brick walls darkened by the rain (5a).2. concurrently with (the action, activity etc mentioned in the preceding context)in the meantimemeanwhile during all this....Полгода понадобилось «Крохоткам», чтобы достичь Европы, - для того же, чтоб о случившемся доложили вверх по медлительным нашим инстанциям... - ещё8 месяцев... А пока что произошла «малая октябрьская» - сбросили Никиту (Хрущева) (Солженицын 2)....If it had taken the "Miniatures" six months to reach Europe, it took another eight months for a report on this event to make its way upward through the various levels of our dilatory bureaucracy. In the meantime, the "Little October Revolution" had taken place. Khrushchev had been thrown overboard (2a)....Митишатьев произвел столько шуму, словно ввалилась с морозу большая компания... Готтих пока что тихо снял пальто, повесил его куда положено — на вешалку... (Битов 2)....Mitishatyev made as much noise as if a large group had come bursting in from the cold...Gottich, during all this, had quietly taken off his coat and hung it where it belonged-on the coatrack... (2a).3. up to and including the presentso (thus) faras yet as of now up till now (with a negated predic only) yet.Опыты эти пока что реальных результатов не давали, хотя некоторые характерные признаки пукса (гибрида картофеля с помидором) стали уже проявляться: листья и стебли на нём были вроде картофельные, зато корни точь-в-точь помидорные (Войнович 2). So far these experiments had not produced any actual results, although certain characteristics of the PATS (a hybrid of the potato and the tomato) had started to appear: the leaves and stems were potato-like, while the roots were letter-perfect tomato (2a).Он наобещал нам много, но пока что ничего не сделал. Не has promised us a lot, but so far hasn't done anythingА что, жена уже родила?» - спросил он. «Нет, она пока что не родила» (Войнович 3). "What, did your wife give birth already?" he asked. "No, she hasn't yet" (3a). -
43 пока что
• ПОКА ЧТО coll[AdvP; Invar; adv; fixed WO]=====1. at the present time, regardless of what may happen later:- for now;- right now (s.o. (sth.) still...).♦ "Видите, какой я радостный? Это потому, что у меня все впереди. А пока что мне вполне достаточно одного острова из группы Курильских островов, вас, милые жители этого острова, избушки на курьих ножках да милой жены!" (Залыгин 1). "See how happy-go-lucky I am? That's because I've got everything before me. But for the moment I'm perfectly content with what I've got now: one island in the Kurile Chain; you, my dear islanders; a hut on wobbly stilts, and a pretty wife" (1a).♦ Дом, который я строю, почти готов к сдаче. Вот он стоит за забором пока что пустой, с потемневшими от дождя стенами из силикатного кирпича (Войнович 5). The building I'm constructing will soon be ready to hand over. Right now it still stands empty behind the fence, its silicate brick walls darkened by the rain (5a).2. concurrently with (the action, activity etc mentioned in the preceding context):- meanwhile;- during all this.♦...Полгода понадобилось "Крохоткам", чтобы достичь Европы, - для того же, чтоб о случившемся доложили вверх по медлительным нашим инстанциям... - ещё 8 месяцев... А пока что произошла "малая октябрьская" - соросили Никиту [Хрущева] (Солженицын 2)....If it had taken the "Miniatures" six months to reach Europe, it took another eight months for a report on this event to make its way upward through the various levels of our dilatory bureaucracy. In the meantime, the "Little October Revolution" had taken place. Khrushchev had been thrown overboard (2a).♦...Митишатьев произвел столько шуму, словно ввалилась с морозу большая компания... Готтих пока что тихо снял пальто, повесил его куда положено - на вешалку... (Битов 2)....Mit ishatyev made as much noise as if a large group had come bursting in from the cold...Gottich, during all this, had quietly taken off his coat and hung it where it belonged-on the coatrack... (2a).3. up to and including the present:- as yet;- as of now;- up till now;- [with a negated predic only] yet.♦ Опыты эти пока что реальных результатов не давали, хотя некоторые характерные признаки пукса [гибрида картофеля с помидором] стали уже проявляться: листья и стебли на нём были вроде картофельные, зато корни точь-в-точь помидорные (Войнович 2). So far these experiments had not produced any actual results, although certain characteristics of the PATS [a hybrid of the potato and the tomato] had started to appear: the leaves and stems were potato-like, while the roots were letter-perfect tomato (2a).♦ Он наобещал нам много, но пока что ничего не сделал. He has promised us a lot, but so far hasn't done anything♦ "А что, жена уже родила?" - спросил он. "Нет, она пока что не родила" (Войнович 3). "What, did your wife give birth already?" he asked. "No, she hasn't yet" (3a).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > пока что
-
44 ἔχω
ἔχω (Hom.+) impf. εἶχον, 1 pl. εἴχαμεν and 3 pl. εἶχαν (both as vv.ll.; Mlt-H. 194; B-D-F §82) Mk 8:7; Rv 9:8 or εἴχοσαν (B-D-F §84, 2; Mlt-H. 194; Kühner-Bl. II p. 55) J 15:22, 24; 2 aor. ἔσχον; mixed aor. forms include ἔσχαν Hv 3, 5, 1, ἔσχοσαν 1 Esdr 6:5; 1 Macc 10:15 (ἔσχον, εἴχον vv.ll.); pf. ἔσχηκα; plpf. ἐσχήκειν.—In the following divisions: act. trans. 1–9; act. intr. 10; mid. 11.① to possess or contain, have, own (Hom.+)ⓐ to possess someth. that is under one’s controlα. own, possess (s. esp. TestJob 9f) κτήματα πολλά own much property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. πρόβατα Lk 15:4; J 10:16. θησαυρόν Mt 19:21; Mk 10:21b. βίον living Lk 21:4; 1J 3:17. δραχμὰς δέκα Lk 15:8. πλοῖα Rv 18:19. κληρονομίαν Eph 5:5. θυσιαστήριον Hb 13:10a; μέρος ἔ. ἔν τινι have a share in someth. Rv 20:6. Gener. μηδὲν ἔ. own nothing (SibOr 3, 244) 2 Cor 6:10. ὅσα ἔχεις Mk 10:21; cp. 12:44; Mt 13:44, 46; 18:25. τί ἔχεις ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what do you have that you have not been given? 1 Cor 4:7. The obj. acc. is often used w. an adj. or ptc.: ἔ. ἅπαντα κοινά have everything in common Ac 2:44 (cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 18). ἔ. πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα have many good things stored up Lk 12:19.—Hb 12:1. Abs. ἔ. have (anything) (Soph.et al.; Sir 13:5; 14:11) Mt 13:12a; Mk 4:25a; Lk 8:18a. ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν in accordance w. what you have 2 Cor 8:11. ἔ. εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν have (enough) to complete Lk 14:28. W. neg. ἔ. have nothing Mt 13:12b; Mk 4:25b; Lk 8:18b.—ὁ ἔχων the one who has, who is well off (Soph., Aj. 157; Eur., Alc. 57; X., An. 7, 3, 28; Ar. 15:7). πᾶς ὁ ἔχων everyone who has (anything) Mt 25:29a; Lk 19:26a. ὁ μὴ ἔχων the one who has nothing (X., An. 7, 3, 28; 1 Esdr 9:51, 54; 2 Esdr 18:10) Mt 25:29b; Lk 19:26b; 1 Cor 11:22.β. have = hold in one’s charge or keeping ἔ. τὰς κλεῖς hold the keys Rv 1:18; cp. 3:7. τὸ γλωσσόκομον the money-box J 12:6; 13:29.ⓑ to contain someth. have, possess, of the whole in relation to its partsα. of living beings, of parts of the body in men and animals μέλη Ro 12:4a; cp. 1 Cor 12:12. σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα Lk 24:39 (Just., A I, 66, 2 καὶ σάρκα καὶ αἷμα) ἀκροβυστίαν Ac 11:3. οὖς Rv 2:7, 11. ὦτα Mt 11:15; Mk 7:16; Lk 8:8. χεῖρας, πόδας, ὀφθαλμούς Mt 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45, 47. Of animals and animal-like beings ἔ. πρόσωπον Rv 4:7. πτέρυγας vs. 8. κέρατα 5:6. ψυχάς 8:9. τρίχας 9:8. κεφαλάς 12:3 (TestAbr B 14 p. 118, 19 [Stone p. 84]) al. ἔχοντες ὑγιῆ τὴν σάρκα AcPlCor 2:32 (Just., D. 48, 3 σάρκα ἔχων). Of plants (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62] εὗρον δένδρον … ἔχον κλάδους) ῥίζαν ἔ. Mt 13:6; Mk 4:6.β. of inanimate things: of cities τ. θεμελίους ἔ. Hb 11:10; cp. Rv 21:14. Of a head-covering χαρακτῆρα ἔχει βασιλικόν has a royal emblem GJs 2:2.ⓒ to have at hand, have at one’s disposal have ἄρτους Mt 14:17; cp. 15:34; J 21:5, where the sense is prob. ‘Did you catch any fish for breakfast?’. οὐκ ἔχω ὸ̔ παραθήσω αὐτῷ I have nothing to set before him Lk 11:6. μὴ ἐχόντων τί φάγωσι since they had nothing to eat Mk 8:1; cp. Mt 15:32 (Soph., Oed. Col. 316 οὐκ ἔχω τί φῶ). οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω I have no place to store Lk 12:17. ἄντλημα a bucket J 4:11a. οἰκίας ἔ. have houses (at one’s disposal) 1 Cor 11:22. Of pers.: have (at one’s disposal) (PAmh 92, 18 οὐχ ἕξω κοινωνόν and oft. in pap) Moses and the prophets Lk 16:29. παράκλητον an advocate, a helper 1J 2:1. οὐδένα ἔ. ἰσόψυχον Phil 2:20. ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἔ. J 5:7.ⓓ to have within oneself have σύλλημα ἔχει ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου she has something conceived through the Holy Spirit GJs 18:1. Var. constr. w. ἐν: of women ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. be pregnant (γαστήρ 2) Mt 1:18, 23 (Is 7:14); 24:19; Mk 13:17; Lk 21:23; 1 Th 5:3; Rv 12:2. ἔ. τινὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ have someone in one’s heart Phil 1:7 (Ovid, Metam. 2, 641 aliquem clausum pectore habere). ἔ. τι ἐν ἑαυτῷ (Jos., Ant. 8, 171; cp. TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 14 [Stone p. 8] ἔκρυψεν τὸ μυστήριον, μόνος ἔχων ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ): ζωήν J 5:26. τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1J 5:10; τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου have a sentence of death within oneself 2 Cor 1:9.ⓔ to have with oneself or in one’s company have μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 17) τινά someone Mt 15:30; 26:11; Mk 2:19; 14:7; J 12:8; AcPl Ha 8, 35; σὺν αὐτῷ 4:18.—The ptc. w. acc. = with (Diod S 12, 78, 1 ἔχων δύναμιν with a [military] force; 18, 61, 1 ὁ θρόνος ἔχων τὸ διάδημα the throne with the diadem; JosAs 27:8 ἔχοντες ἐσπασμένας τὰς ῥομφαίας ‘with their swords drawn’) ἀνέβησαν ἔχοντες αὐτόν they went up with him Lk 2:42 D.② to stand in a close relationship to someone, have, have asⓐ of relatives πατέρα ἔ. J 8:41. ἀδελφούς Lk 16:28. ἄνδρα (Aristot., Cat. 15b, 27f λεγόμεθα δὲ καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχειν καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἄνδρα; Tob 3:8 BA) be married (of the woman) J 4:17f; 1 Cor 7:2b, 13; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). γυναῖκα of the man (cp. Lucian, Tox. 45; SIG 1160 γυναικὸς Αἴ., τῆς νῦν ἔχει; PGM 13, 320; 1 Esdr 9:12, 18; Just., D. 141, 4 πολλὰς ἔσχον γυναίκας. As early as Od. 11, 603 Heracles ἔχει Ἥβην) 1 Cor 7:2a, 12, 29 (for the wordplay cp. Heliod. 1, 18, 4 in connection w. the handing over of a virgin: σὺ ἔχων οὐκ ἕξεις; Crates, 7th Ep. [p. 58, 8 Malherbe] πάντʼ ἔχοντες οὐδὲν ἔχετε). τέκνα Mt 21:28; 22:24; 1 Ti 3:4; 5:4; Tit 1:6. υἱούς (Artem. 5, 42 τὶς τρεῖς ἔχων υἱούς; cp. θυγατέρα TestAbr B 10 p. 114, 17 [Stone p.76]) Lk 15:11; Gal 4:22. σπέρμα have children Mt 22:25. W. acc. as obj. and in predicate (Ar. 8, 4 τούτους συνηγόρους ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας; 11, 3 ἔσχε μοιχὸν τὸν Ἄρην; Ath. 7, 2 ἔχομεν προφήτας μάρτυρας) ἔ. τινὰ πατέρα have someone as father Mt 3:9. ἔ. τινὰ γυναῖκα (w. γυναῖκα to be understood fr. the context) 14:4; cp. Mk 6:18; ὥστε γυναῖκά τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔ. that someone has taken his father’s wife (as his own wife: the simple ἔχειν in this sense as Plut., Cato Min. 21, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 10 §34; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 147. Perh. an illicit relationship is meant, as Longus 4, 17; Hesychius Miles. [VI A.D.], Viri Ill. 4 JFlach [1880] ἔχω Λαί̈δα) 1 Cor 5:1 (Diod S 20, 33, 5 of a man who had illicit relations with his stepmother: ἔχειν λάθρᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν Ἀλκίαν).ⓑ more gener. φίλον have a friend Lk 11:5. ἀσθενοῦντας have sick people Lk 4:40 and χήρας widows 1 Ti 5:16 to care for; παιδαγωγοὺς ἔ. 1 Cor 4:15. δοῦλον Lk 17:7. οἰκονόμον 16:1; κύριον ἔ. have a master, i.e. be under a master’s control Col 4:1; δεσπότην ἔ. 1 Ti 6:2; βασιλέα J 19:15. ἀρχιερέα Hb 4:14; 8:1. ποιμένα Mt 9:36. ἔχων ὑπʼ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας I have soldiers under me Lk 7:8. W. direct obj. and predicate acc. ἔ. τινὰ ὑπηρέτην have someone as an assistant Ac 13:5 (Just., A I, 14, 1) ἔ. τινὰ τύπον have someone as an example Phil 3:17.—Of the relation of Christians to God and to Jesus ἔ. θεόν, τὸν πατέρα, τὸν υἱόν have God, the Father, the Son, i.e. be in communion w. them 1J 2:23; 2J 9; AcPl Ha 4, 7.—HHanse, at end of this entry.③ to take a hold on someth., have, hold (to), gripⓐ of holding someth. in one’s hand ἔ. τι ἐν τῇ χειρί have someth. in one’s hand (since Il. 18, 505) Rv 1:16; 6:5; 10:2; 17:4. Of holding in the hand without ἐν τῇ χειρί (Josh 6:8; JosAs 5:7) ἔ. κιθάραν 5:8. λιβανωτὸν χρυσοῦν 8:3, cp. vs. 6; 14:17 and s. ἀλάβαστρον Mt 26:7 and Mk 14:3.ⓑ of keeping someth. safe, a mina (a laborer’s wages for about three months) in a handkerchief keep safe Lk 19:20.ⓒ of holding fast to matters of transcendent importance, fig. τὴν μαρτυρίαν Rv 6:9; 12:17; 19:10; the secret of Christian piety 1 Ti 3:9; an example of sound teaching 2 Ti 1:13; keep (Diod S 17, 93, 1 τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν=keep control) Mk 6:18.ⓓ of states of being hold, hold in its grip, seize (Hom. et al.; PGiss 65a, 4 παρακαλῶ σε κύριέ μου, εἰδότα τὴν ἔχουσάν με συμφορὰν ἀπολῦσαί μοι; Job 21:6; Is 13:8; Jos., Ant. 3, 95 δέος εἶχε τοὺς Ἑβρ.; 5, 63; Just., D. 19, 3) εἶχεν αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις trembling and amazement had seized them Mk 16:8.④ to carry/bear as accessory or part of a whole, have on, wear, of clothing, weapons, etc. (Hom. et al.; LXX; TestAbr B p. 114, 22 [Stone p. 76]) τὸ ἔνδυμα Mt 3:4; 22:12 (cp. ἔνδυσιν TestJob 25:7). κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων w. τὶ to be supplied while he wears (a covering) on his head 1 Cor 11:4. ἔ. θώρακας Rv 9:9, 17. ἔ. μάχαιραν wear a sword (Jos., Ant. 6, 190) J 18:10. Sim. of trees ἔ. φύλλα have leaves Mk 11:13 (ApcSed. 8:8).⑤ be in a position to do someth., can, be able, ἔ. w. inf. foll. (Hom. et al.; cp. Eur., Hec. 761; Hdt. 1, 49; Pla., Phd. p. 76d; Demosth., Ep. 2, 22; Theocr. 10, 37 τὸν τρόπον οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν=I cannot specify the manner; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 21, 2, Hermot. 55; Epict. 1, 9, 32; 2, 2, 24 al.; Ael. Aristid. 51, 50 K.=27 p. 546 D.: οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν; PPetr II, 12, 1, 16; PAmh 131, 15; Pr 3:27; ApcEsdr 2:24; 3:7; 6:5; TestAbr A 8, p. 86, 13 [Stone p. 20]; Jos., Ant. 1, 338; 2, 58; Just., A I, 19, 5, D. 4, 6 οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν) ἔ. ἀποδοῦναι be able to pay Mt 18:25a; Lk 7:42; 14:14. μὴ ἔ. περισσότερον τι ποιῆσαι be in a position to do nothing more 12:4. οὐδὲν ἔ. ἀντειπεῖν be able to make a reply Ac 4:14; cp. Tit 2:8. ἔ. κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ J 8:6 (cp. 9a below, end). ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι οὐκ ἔχω I have nothing definite to write Ac 25:26a; cp. 26b. ἔ. μεταδιδόναι Eph 4:28a. ἔ. τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι be able to recall these things to mind 2 Pt 1:15. κατʼ οὐδενὸς εἶχεν μείζονος ὀμόσαι he could swear by no one greater Hb 6:13. In the same sense without the actual addition of the inf., which is automatically supplied fr. context (X., An. 2, 1, 9) ὸ̔ ἔσχεν (i.e. ποιῆσαι) ἐποίησεν she has done what she could Mk 14:8.⑥ to have an opinion about someth., consider, look upon, view w. acc. as obj. and predicate acc. (POxy 292, 6 [c. 25 A.D.] ἔχειν αὐτὸν συνεσταμένον=look upon him as recommended; 787 [16 A.D.]; PGiss 71, 4; Job 30:9; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 19; Ath. 32, 3 τοὺς μὲν υἱοὺς … νοοῦμεν, τοὺς δὲ ἀδελφούς ἔχομεν) ἔχε με παρῃτημένον consider me excused (= don’t expect me to come) Lk 14:18b, 19 (cp. Martial 2, 79 excusatum habeas me). τινὰ ἔντιμον ἔ. hold someone in honor Phil 2:29. ἔ. τινὰ ὡς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 14:5; 21:26, 46 v.l. (cp. GNicod 5 [=Acta Pilati B 5 p. 297 Tdf.] ἔχειν [Jannes and Jambres] ὡς θεούς; Just., D. 47, 5 τὸν μετανοοῦντα … ὡς δίκαιον καὶ ἀναμάρτητον ἔχει). ἔ. τινὰ εἰς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 21:46 (cp. Duris [III B.C.]: 76 Fgm. 21 Jac. ὸ̔ν εἰς θεοὺς ἔχουσιν). εἶχον τ. Ἰωάννην ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they thought that John was really a prophet Mk 11:32.⑦ to experience someth., have (freq. in auxiliary capacity CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 357–60)ⓐ of all conditions of body and soul (Hom. et al.; LXX)α. of illness, et al. (ApcMos 6 νόσον καὶ πόνον ἔχω; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 305) ἀσθενείας have sicknesses/diseases Ac 28:9. μάστιγας physical troubles Mk 3:10. πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης Rv 13:14. θλῖψιν J 16:33b; 1 Cor 7:28; Rv 2:10. Esp. of possession by hostile spirits: δαιμόνιον ἔ. be possessed by an evil spirit Mt 11:18; Lk 7:33; 8:27; J 7:20; 8:48f, 52; 10:20. Βεελζεβούλ Mk 3:22. πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον vs. 30; 7:25; Ac 8:7. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου Lk 4:33. πνεῦμα πονηρόν Ac 19:13. πνεῦμα ἄλαλον Mk 9:17. πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας spirit of sickness Lk 13:11. τὸν λεγιῶνα (the evil spirit called) Legion Mk 5:15.β. gener. of conditions, characteristics, capabilities, emotions, inner possession: ἀγάπην ἔ. have love (cp. Diod S 3, 58, 3 φιλίαν ἔχειν; Just., D. 93, 4 φιλίαν ἢ ἀγάπην ἔχοντε) J 5:42; 13:35; 15:13; 1J 4:16; 1 Cor 13:1ff; 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 2:2; 1 Pt 4:8. ἀγνωσίαν θεοῦ fail to know God 1 Cor 15:34. ἁμαρτίαν J 9:41; 15:22a. ἀσθένειαν Hb 7:28. γνῶσιν 1 Cor 8:1, 10 (Just., A II, 13, 1; D. 28, 4). ἐλπίδα Ac 24:15; Ro 15:4; 2 Cor 3:12; 10:15; Eph 2:12; 1J 3:3 (Ath. 33, 1). ἐπιθυμίαν Phil 1:23. ἐπιποθίαν Ro 15:23b; ζῆλον ἔ. have zeal Ro 10:2. Have jealousy Js 3:14. θυμόν Rv 12:12. λύπην (ApcMos 3 p. 2, 16 Tdf.) J 16:21f; 2 Cor 2:3; Phil 2:27; μνείαν τινὸς ἔ. remember someone 1 Th 3:6. παρρησίαν Phlm 8; Hb 10:19; 1J 2:28; 3:21; 4:17; 5:14. πεποίθησιν 2 Cor 3:4; Phil 3:4. πίστιν Mt 17:20; 21:21; Mk 4:40; Ac 14:9; Ro 14:22; 1 Cor 13:2; 1 Ti 1:19 al. (Just., A I, 52, 1). προφητείαν have the gift of prophecy 1 Cor 13:2. σοφίαν (X., Mem. 2, 3, 10) Rv 17:9. συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν Hb 10:2. καλὴν συνείδησιν 13:18; ἀγαθὴν ς. 1 Ti 1:19; 1 Pt 3:16; ἀπρόσκοπον ς. Ac 24:16; ὑπομονήν Rv 2:3. φόβον 1 Ti 5:20. χαράν Phlm 7. χάριν ἔ. τινί be grateful to someone Lk 17:9; 1 Ti 1:12; 2 Ti 1:3; σιγὴν ἔ. be silent Hs 9, 11, 5. ἀνάγκην ἔσχον I felt it necessary Jd 3 (HKoskenniemi, Studien zur Idee und Phraseologie des Griechischen Briefes bis 400 n. Chr. ’56, 78–87).γ. of advantages, benefits, or comforts that one enjoys: ἔ. τὰ αἰτήματα to have been granted the requests 1J 5:15; ἀνάπαυσιν ἔ. have rest Rv 4:8; 14:11; ἀπόλαυσιν τινος ἔ. enjoy someth. Hb 11:25. βάθος γῆς Mt 13:5b; Mk 4:5b; γῆν πολλήν Mt 13:5a; Mk 4:5a. τὴν προσέλευσιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον AcPl Ha 8, 22f; εἰρήνην Ro 5:1. ἐλευθερίαν Gal 2:4. S. ἐξουσία, ἐπαγγελία, ἔπαινος, ζωή, ἰκμάς, καιρός, καρπός, καύχημα, καύχησις, λόγος, μισθός, νοῦς, πνεῦμα, προσαγωγή, πρόφασις, τιμή, χάρις (=favor), χάρισμα.δ. of a sense of obligation in regard to someth.—W. dir. object have = have someth. over one, be under someth.: ἀνάγκην ἔχειν be under necessity 1 Cor 7:37a; w. inf. foll. have a need (ἀνάγκη 1) Lk 14:18; 23:16 v.l.; Hb 7:27; χρείαν ἔ. be in need abs. Eph 4:28b; τινός need someth. (Aeschyl. et al.; SIG 333, 20; 421, 35 al.; PPetr III, 42 G 9, 7 [III B.C.] ἐάν τινος χρείαν ἔχῃς; Ath. 13, 2 ποίας ἔτι χρείαν ἑκατόμβης ἔχει;) Mt 6:8; 9:12a; Mk 11:3; Lk 19:31, 34; J 13:29; 1 Cor 12:21; Hb 10:36 al.; w. inf. foll. (TestSol 13:2) Mt 3:14; 14:16; J 13:10; 1 Th 1:8; 4:9; 5:1. νόμον J 19:7. ἐπιταγήν 1 Cor 7:25. ἐντολήν (SIG 559, 9 ἔ. τὰς ἰντολάς; 1 Esdr 4:52; 2 Macc 3:13; Jos., Bell. 1, 261) Hb 7:5; 1J 2:7; 4:21; 2J 5; cp. J 14:21. διακονίαν 2 Cor 4:1. ἀγῶνα Phil 1:30; Col 2:1. πρᾶξιν Ro 12:4b. ἔγκλημα Ac 23:29. κόλασιν ApcPt Bodl. (ApcEsdr 1:22 p. 25, 17 Tdf.).ε. of a sense of inevitability in respect to some action.—W. inf. foll. one must (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 3 καθαιρεθῆναι ἔχεις=you must be deposed; Porphyr., Against the Christians 63 Harnack [ABA 1916] παθεῖν; Gen 18:31; Jos., Ant. 19, 348 τοῦ τεθνάναι; TestSol 5:12 σίδηρα ἔχεις φορέσαι; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 22 [Stone p. 48] τοῦ βίου τοῦτου ἀπαλλάξαι εἶχες; Just., D. 51, 2 ἔργῳ πεισθήναι ὑμῶν ἐχόντων) βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι I must undergo a baptism Lk 12:50. ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν I have someth. to say to you (Lucian, Philops. 1 ἔχεις μοι εἰπεῖν. Without dat. Aelian, VH 2, 23; Jos., Ant. 16, 312) 7:40. καινόν σοι θέαμα ἔχω ἐξηγήσασθαι I have a wonderful new thing to tell you=‘I must tell you about something wonderful that I’ve just seen’ GJs 19:3. ἀπαγγεῖλαι Ac 23:17, 19; cp. vs. 18. πολλὰ γράφειν 2J 12; 3J 13.ⓑ of temporal circumstances w. indications of time and age: πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις you are not yet fifty years old J 8:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 1, 198). τριάκοντα κ. ὀκτὼ ἔτη ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ αὐτοῦ who had been sick for 38 years 5:5 (Cyranides p. 63, 25 πολὺν χρόνον ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ. W. cardinal numeral TestJob 26:1 δέκα ἑπτὰ ἔτη ἔχω ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς; POxy 1862, 17 τέσσαρες μῆνας ἔχει. Mirac. S. Georgii 44, 7 [JAufhauser 1913] ἔσχεν … ἔτη ἑπτά); cp. Mt 9:20 v.l. τέσσαρας ἡμέρας ἔ. ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ have lain in the grave for four days J 11:17 (Jos., Ant. 7, 1 αὐτοῦ δύο ἡμέρας ἔχοντος ἐν τῇ Σεκέλλᾳ). πολὺν χρόνον ἔ. be (somewhere or in a certain condition) for a long time 5:6. ἡλικίαν ἔχειν be of age (Pla., Euthyd. 32, 306d; Plut., Mor. 547a; BGU 168 τοῖς ἀτελέσι ἔχουσι τὴν ἡλικίαν) 9:21, 23. τέλος ἔχειν have an end, be at an end (Lucian, Charon 17; UPZ 81 III, 20 [II A.D.] τέλος ἔχει πάντα; Ar. 4:2 ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος) Mk 3:26; Lk 22:37 (on the latter pass. s. τέλος 2); cp. Hb 7:3.⑧ as connective marker, to have or include in itself, bring about, cause w. acc. (Hom. et al.; Wsd 8:16) of ὑπομονή: ἔργον τέλειον Js 1:4. Of πίστις: ἔργα 2:17. Of φόβος: κόλασιν 1J 4:18. Of παρρησία: μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν Hb 10:35. Of πολυτέλεια: λύπην, χαράν Hs 1, 10. ἐσχάτην εὐλογίαν, ἥτις διαδοχὴν οὐκ ἔχει ultimate blessing, which has no successor GJs 6:2.⑨ special combinationsⓐ w. prep. ἐν: τὸν θεὸν ἔ. ἐν ἐπιγνώσει acknowledge God Ro 1:28 (cp. ἐν ὀργῇ ἔ. τινά=‘be angry at someone’, Thu. 2, 18, 5; 2, 21, 3; ἐν ὀρρωδίᾳ ἔ. τ. 2, 89, 1; ἐν ἡδονῇ ἔ. τ.=‘be glad to see someone’ 3, 9, 1; ἐν εὐνοίᾳ ἔ. Demosth. 18, 167). ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (ἕτοιμος b). ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν he has no hold on me J 14:30 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 32 §125 ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι=have someth. [hope of safety] in someone). κατά τινος: on 1 Cor 11:4 s. above 4. ἔ. τι κατά τινος have someth. against someone Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:14. ἔ. κατά τινος w. sim. mng. Hm 2:2; Hs 9, 23, 2; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:4, 20. ἔ. τινὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον meet someone face to face Ac 25:16. μετά: ἔ. τι μετά τινος have someth. w. someone κρίματα lawsuits 1 Cor 6:7. περί: ἔ. περί τινος have (a word, a reference, an explanation) about someth. B 12:1; with adv. τελείως 10:10. πρός τινα have someth. against someone (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21 ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον) Ac 24:19. ζητήματα ἔ. πρός τινα have differences w. someone (on points in question) 25:19. λόγον ἔ. πρός τινα 19:38. πρᾶγμα (=Lat. causa, ‘lawsuit’: BGU 19 I, 5; 361 II, 4) ἔ. πρός τινα (POxy 743, 19 [2 B.C.] εἰ πρὸς ἄλλους εἶχον πρᾶγμα; BGU 22:8) 1 Cor 6:1. ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατηγορίαν αὐτοῦ J 8:4 D (cp. 5 above). πρός τινα ἔ. μομφήν have a complaint against someone Col 3:13.ⓑ τοῦτο ἔχεις ὅτι you have this (in your favor), that Rv 2:6. ἔ. ὁδόν be situated (a certain distance) away (cp. Peripl. Eryth. 37: Ὡραία ἔχουσα ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ θαλάσσης) of the Mt. of Olives ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἰερουσαλὴμ σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν Ac 1:12.—ἴδε ἔχεις τὸ σόν here you have what is yours Mt 25:25. ἔχετε κουστωδίαν there you have a guard (=you can have a guard) 27:65 (cp. POxy 33 III, 4).⑩ to be in some state or condition, act. intr. (spatially: Ath. 25, 1 οἱ ἄγγελοι … περὶ τόν ἀέρα ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν γῆν) w. adv. (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX).ⓐ impers. it is, the situation is (Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 10 πῶς ὑμῖν ἔχειν ταῦτα δοκεῖ; =how does this situation seem to you? Just., D. 3, 5 τὸ … ὡσαύτως ἀεὶ ἔχων) ἄλλως 1 Ti 5:25. οὕτως (Antig. Car. 20; Cebes 4, 1; POxy 294, 11 [22 A.D.] εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; TestSol 20:8; Jos., Ant. 15, 261; Just., D. 3:5 οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει) Ac 7:1; 12:15; 17:11; 24:9. τὸ καλῶς ἔχον what is right 1 Cl 14:2 (Michel 543, 12 [c. 200 B.C.] καλῶς ἔχον ἐστὶ τιμᾶσθαι τοὺς εὔνους ἄνδρας). τὸ νῦν ἔχον for the present Ac 24:25 (cp. Plut., Mor. 749a; Lucian, Anachars. 40, Catapl. 13 τὸ δὲ νῦν ἔχον μὴ διάτριβε; Tob 7:11).ⓑ pers. be (in a certain way) πῶς ἔχουσιν how they are Ac 15:36 (cp. Gen 43:27; Jos., Ant. 4, 112). ἑτοίμως ἔ. be ready, hold oneself in readiness w. inf. foll. (BGU 80, 17 [II A.D.] ἡ Σωτηρία ἑτοίμως ἔχουσα καταγράψαι; Da 3:15 LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 6; Just., D. 50, 1) 21:13; 2 Cor 12:14; 1 Pt 4:5. Also ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (s. ἕτοιμος b end). εὖ ἔ. be well-disposed πρός τινα toward someone Hs 9, 10, 7 (cp. Demosth. 9, 63 ἥδιον ἔχειν πρός τινα; SIG 1094, 4 φιλανθρώπως ἔχει πρὸς πάντας). κακῶς ἔ. be sick (Aristoph. et al.; POxy 935, 15; Ezk 34:4) Mt 4:24; 8:16; 9:12b; 17:15 v.l. (see πάσχω 2). καλῶς ἔ. be well, healthy (Epict. 1, 11, 4; PGen 54, 8; PFlor 230, 24) Mk 16:18; ἐσχάτως ἔ. (s. ἐσχάτως) 5:23; κομψότερον ἔ. feel better (κομψῶς ἔ.: Epict. 2, 18, 14; 3, 10, 13; PParis 18; PTebt 414, 10 ἐὰν κομψῶς σχῶ) J 4:52.⑪ to be closely associated, in a variety of renderings, hold fast, be next to, be next, mid. (Hom. et al.) in NT only ptc.ⓐ of proper situation or placement, esp. of inner belonging hold fast, cling to. The ‘to’ of belonging and the ‘with’ of association are expressed by the gen. (Theognis 1, 32 ἀεὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο=ever hold fast to the good people; X., Oec. 6, 1; Pla., Leg. 7, 811d; Lucian, Hermot. 69 ἐλπίδος οὐ μικρᾶς ἐχόμενα λέγεις; Sallust. 14 p. 26, 24 τ. θεῶν; Philo, Agr. 101 τὰ ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενα; Jos., Ant. 10, 204 οὐδὲν ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας ἐχόμενον, C. Ap. 1, 83 παλαιᾶς ἱστορίας ἐχόμενον; Just., A I, 68, 1 λόγου καὶ ἀληθείας ἔχεσθαι; Tat. 33, 1 μανίας ἔχεται πολλῆς; Ath., R. 48, 3 λόγῳ … ἀληθείας ἐχομένῳ) τὰ ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας things that belong to salvation Hb 6:9.ⓑ of proximityα. spatial, to be next to someth: ἐχόμενος neighboring (Isocr. 4, 96 νῆσος; Hdt. 1, 134 al. οἱ ἐχόμενοι=‘the neighbors’; Diod S 5, 15, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 71 §294; Arrian, Peripl. 7, 2; PParis 51, 5 and oft. in pap; 1 Esdr 4:42; Jos., Ant. 6, 6 πρὸς τὰς ἐχομένας πόλεις; 11, 340) κωμοπόλεις Mk 1:38.β. temporal, to be next, immediately following (Thu. 6, 3, 2 τ. ἐχομένου ἔτους al.; SIG 800, 15; PRev 34, 20; PAmh 49, 4; PTebt 124, 43; LXX) τῇ ἐχομένῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ, as Polyb. 3, 112, 1; 5, 13, 9; 2 Macc 12:39; Jos., Ant. 6, 235; 7, 18 al.; cp. εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην [i.e. ἡμέραν] PMich 173, 16 [III B.C.]) on the next day Lk 13:33 (v.l. ἐρχομένῃ); Ac 20:15; w. ἡμέρᾳ added (PAmh 50, 17) 21:26. τῷ ἐχομένῳ σαββάτῳ 13:44 v.l. (for ἐρχομένῳ; cp. 1 Macc 4:28, where the witnesses are similarly divided).—On the whole word HHanse, ‘Gott Haben’ in d. Antike u. im frühen Christentum ’39.—B. 641; 740. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv. -
45 conjoncture
conjoncture [kɔ̃ʒɔ̃ktyʀ]feminine noun( = circonstances) situation* * *kɔ̃ʒɔ̃ktyʀnom féminin situationbonne conjoncture — favourable [BrE] conjunction of circumstances
* * *kɔ̃ʒɔ̃ktyʀ nfla conjoncture économique — the economic climate, the economic situation
la conjoncture actuelle — the current economic climate, the current climate
* * *conjoncture nf situation; conjoncture politique/économique political/economic situation; dans la conjoncture actuelle in the present circumstances; bonne/mauvaise conjoncture favourableGB/unfavourableGB conjunction of circumstances.[kɔ̃ʒɔ̃ktyr] nom féminindans la conjoncture actuelle under the present circumstances, at this juncture2. ÉCONOMIE economic situation ou trends -
46 hogaño
adv.nowadays, these days.* * *► adverbio1 this present year2 literal these days, in this day and age* * *adverbio (liter) nowadays, in this day and age* * *= nowadays, in this day and age, these days.Ex. There is a terrific interest in Holmesiana nowadays.Ex. In this day and age the library sociologist cannot do without using the word 'class' in the library context.Ex. Some authors, of course, object to their work being subjected to compulsory dissection for exams in the traditional deadly manner and like Bernard Shaw, they swear to haunt anyone who so mistreats them (Shaw's ghost must be busy these days).* * *adverbio (liter) nowadays, in this day and age* * *= nowadays, in this day and age, these days.Ex: There is a terrific interest in Holmesiana nowadays.
Ex: In this day and age the library sociologist cannot do without using the word 'class' in the library context.Ex: Some authors, of course, object to their work being subjected to compulsory dissection for exams in the traditional deadly manner and like Bernard Shaw, they swear to haunt anyone who so mistreats them (Shaw's ghost must be busy these days).* * *( liter); nowadays, in this day and age* * *hogaño advLiterario [este año] this year; [actualmente] nowadays -
47 este
adj.east, eastern.m.east.viento del este east windir hacia el este to go east(wards)está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madridlos países del este the countries of Eastern Europe* * *► adjetivo (pl estos,-as)1 this (plural) these————————► adjetivo1 east, eastern2 (dirección) easterly; (viento) east, easterly1 east2 (viento) east wind* * *1. = esta, adj.- estos2. adj.east, eastern3. noun m.* * *I1.ADJ INV [zona, área] eastla costa este — the east o eastern coast
íbamos en dirección este — we were going east o eastward(s), we were going in an eastward o an easterly direction
2. SM1) (Geog) East, eastvientos fuertes del Este — strong east o easterly winds
la casa está orientada hacia el Este — the house is east-facing, the house faces East o east
2) (Pol)3) (tb: zona este) east4) (Meteo) (tb: viento del este) east wind, easterly windIIeste, -aADJ DEM1) [indicando proximidad]a) [sing] this¿qué habéis hecho este fin de semana? — what did you do at the weekend?, what did you do this weekend?
¿dónde vais a ir este fin de semana? — [dicho un viernes] where are you going this weekend?; [dicho un lunes] where are you going next weekend?
b)estos/estas — these
estas tijeras — these scissors, this pair of scissors
2) * [con valor enfático]¡a ver qué quiere ahora el tío este! — what does that guy want now! *
III¡este Pedro es un desastre! — that Pedro is a complete disaster! *
este, -aPRON DEM =éste PRON DEM éste, -a1) [sing] this one¡este me quiere engañar! — this guy's out to cheat me!
pero ¿dónde está este? — where on earth is he?
2)estos/estas — these; [en texto] the latter
3) [locuciones]en esta — [en cartas] in this town (from where I'm writing)
•
en estas, en estas se acerca y dice... — just then he went up and said...4) esp LAm [como muletilla]In the past the standard spelling for these demonstrative pronouns was with an accent (éste, ésta, éstos and éstas). Nowadays the Real Academia Española advises that the accented forms are only required where there might otherwise be confusion with the adjective.este... — er..., um...
* * *Ien la parte este del país — in the eastern part o the east of the country
iban en dirección este — they were heading east o eastward(s)
IIel ala/la costa este — the east wing/coast
a) (parte, sector)b) ( punto cardinal) east, Eastcaminaron hacia el Este — they walked east o eastward(s)
c) el Este (Hist, Pol) the EastIIIesta adjetivo demostrativo (pl estos, estas)a) this; (pl) these[usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó — (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me
b) ( como muletilla) well, er* * *Ien la parte este del país — in the eastern part o the east of the country
iban en dirección este — they were heading east o eastward(s)
IIel ala/la costa este — the east wing/coast
a) (parte, sector)b) ( punto cardinal) east, Eastcaminaron hacia el Este — they walked east o eastward(s)
c) el Este (Hist, Pol) the EastIIIesta adjetivo demostrativo (pl estos, estas)a) this; (pl) these[usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó — (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me
b) ( como muletilla) well, er* * *el este= east, theEx: Standing in the early morning on the balcony of her apartment, she was smote as she always was by the grandeur of the sky turning to scarlet as the rim of darkness in the east released the sun for its sluggish trek through the heavens.
este11 = east.Ex: The plan of the temple is round instead of rectangular, and unlike the rest, faces north instead of east.
* Alemania del Este = East Germany.* al este de = east of.* bloque del este, el = Eastern bloc, the.* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.* del este = eastern.* del este asiático = East Asian.* derecho hacia el este = due east.* en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.* este, el = east, the.* Europa Central del Este = East Central Europe.* exactamente al este = due east.* habitante del este = Easterner.* hacia el este = eastward(s), eastbound.* la Europa del Este = Eastern Europe.* país de Europa del Este = Eastern European country.* sudeste = southeast [south east].* sureste = southeast [south east].este2= present, such, this.Ex: We are going to use the data elements defined in the present document as a base from which to begin.
Ex: Preferential relationships generally indicate preferred terms or descriptors and distinguish such terms from non-descriptors or non-preferred terms.Ex: In this chapter a review of the development of cataloguing codes is given in order to explain and place in context the nature of modern cataloguing codes.* a este fin = to this end.* a este paso = at this rate.* a este respecto = in this respect.* a este ritmo = at this rate.* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, in doing so.* a partir de esto = on this basis.* como esto = like this.* como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.* con este fin = to that effect.* con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, by doing so, by this, in doing so.* de esta forma = in this way.* de esta manera = in this manner, in this way.* de este modo = by this means, in so doing, this way, thus, in doing so.* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.* de nuevo en este caso = here again.* desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.* dicho esto = that said.* directamente hacia el este = due east.* durante este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.* en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.* en este caso = in this case.* en este contexto = against this background.* en este documento = herein.* en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.* en este momento = at this stage, right now.* en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.* en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, on this score, to that effect.* en estos casos = in these cases.* en estos tiempos = in this day and age.* entre éstos se incluyen = amongst these are numbered.* esta = this.* esta es la oportunidad de + Nombre = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.* ésta es la razón por la que = this is why.* esta es + Pronombre + oportunidad = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.* ¡esta es tu oportunidad! = here's your chance!.* esta mañana = early today.* esta mañana temprano = early this morning.* esta noche = tonight, tonite.* esta vez = this time around/round, this time.* éste es también el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).* éste no es el caso en = not so in.* este tipo de = such.* este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.* esto es así = this is the case.* esto no ocurre en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.* esto no se debe hacer así = this just won't do.* esto no vale = this just won't do.* estos = these.* estos días = these days.* haciendo esto = by so doing, by doing so.* letra cuya impresión en papel no está completa = broken letter.* para esto = therefor.* para hacer esto = in this.* para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.* para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.* partiendo de esto = on that basis.* pensando en esto = with this/that in mind.* por esta razón = for this reason.* por este motivo = for this reason.* por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.* presentado desde esta perspectiva = cast in this light.* teniendo esto como telón de fondo = against this background.* teniendo esto como trasfondo = against this background.* teniendo esto presente = with this/that in mind.* todo esto = the whole thing.* * *este1[ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ‹región› easternen la parte este del país in the eastern part of the countryiban en dirección este they were heading east o eastward(s), they were heading in an easterly directionvientos moderados del sector este moderate easterly winds o winds from the eastel ala/litoral este the east wing/coastla cara este de la montaña the east o eastern face of the mountaineste2(parte, sector): el este the easten el este del país in the east of the countryestá al este de Bogotá it lies to the east of Bogotá, it is (to the) east of Bogotá2 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (punto cardinal) east, Eastel Sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the east o the Eastvientos flojos del Este light easterly winds, light winds from the eastla calle va de Este a Oeste the street runs east-westdar tres pasos hacia el Este take three paces east o eastward(s) o to the eastvientos moderados del sector sur rotando al este moderate winds from the south becoming o veering easterlymás al este further eastlas ventanas dan al este the windows face east3los países del Este the Eastern Bloc countries4Este (en bridge) East(pl estos, estas)1 this; (pl) theseeste chico this boyesta gente these people[usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó ( fam); this idiot here didn't tell me2 (como muletilla) well, er¿fuiste tú o no? — este … was it you or not? — well …* * *
Del verbo estar: ( conjugate estar)
esté es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
E.
estar
este
éste
E. (
estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
1a) ( seguido de adjetivos)◊ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;
estás más gordo you've put on weight;
estoy cansada I'm tired;
está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!b) ( con◊ bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;
¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;
3 ( seguido de participios)
estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
ver tb v aux 2
4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
(para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);
¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
verbo intransitivo
1 ( en un lugar) to be;◊ ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;
está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
solo ésteé unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
¿cuánto tiempo ésteás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
2 ( en el tiempo):◊ ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;
¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
estamos en primavera it's spring
3a) (tener como función, cometido):
estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them
4 (estar listo, terminado):
lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):
la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
éste v aux
1 ( con gerundio):
estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
2 ( con participio):
ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
ver tb estar cópula 3
estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;◊ ¿no te puedes éste quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;
estese tranquilo don't worry
estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
este 1 adjetivo invariable ‹ región› eastern;
iban en dirección éste they were heading east o eastward(s);
el ala/la costa éste the east wing/coast
■ sustantivo masculinoa) (parte, sector):
al éste de Lima to the east of Lima
las ventanas dan al éste the windows face eastc)
los países del Eéste the Eastern Bloc countries
este 2,◊ esta adj dem (pl estos, estas)a) this;
(pl) these;
estos dólares these dollars;
usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun la estúpida esta no me avisó (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me
éste,◊ ésta pron dem (pl éstos, éstas) The written accent may be omitted when there is no risk of confusion with the adjective this one;
(pl) these;
éste or este es el mío this (one) is mine;
un día de éstos or estos one of these days;
éste or este es el que yo quería this is the one I wanted;
prefiero éstos or estos I prefer these (ones);
sometimes indicates irritation, emphasis or disapproval◊ ¡qué niña esta! (fam) honestly, this child!;
residente en ésta or esta resident in Seville (o Lima etc)
estar verbo intransitivo
1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
está dormido, he's asleep
está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
(con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
(con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
(: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
(: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
estar al caer, to be just round the corner
estar en baja, to be waning
estar en todo, to be on top of everything
estaría bueno, whatever next
ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.
este,-a adj dem
1 this
este barco, this ship
esta casa, this house 2 estos,-as, these
estos hombres, these men
estas mujeres, these women
este sustantivo masculino
1 (punto cardinal) East: nos dirigíamos al este, we were going east
al este del Edén, to the east of Eden
(en aposición) (zona, parte) eastern: son del este de Europa, they're from Eastern Europe
(dirección, rumbo) easterly: el viento soplaba del este, there was an easterly wind
2 (bloque de países europeos) el Este, the East
éste,-a pron dem m,f
1 this one: éste/ésta es más bonito/a, this one is prettier 2 éstos,-as, these (ones)
' éste' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrir
- abrigada
- abrigado
- abultar
- acabada
- acabado
- acariciar
- acontecer
- actualización
- adelantarse
- adelanto
- afrutada
- afrutado
- ahora
- ahorrar
- alguna
- alguno
- ama
- amo
- andar
- aparte
- aplanar
- aplatanada
- aplatanado
- arrastre
- arreglo
- así
- asistencia
- aterrizar
- atravesarse
- baja
- bajo
- bastar
- bastante
- bendición
- bien
- cabezón
- cabezona
- cabida
- caché
- cachet
- caer
- calificar
- capacidad
- carbonizar
- cariño
- catalogar
- caza
- ceñirse
- chapada
English:
acoustic
- advanced
- afford
- afraid
- aggressive
- agony
- agree
- alleviate
- ambience
- amenities
- anniversary
- antidote
- anywhere
- architecture
- arithmetic
- attain
- attribute
- be
- belong
- blank
- boggle
- bore
- breeze
- broadsheet
- bulky
- bundle
- buy
- call
- call at
- can
- capture
- cash
- chapter
- characteristic
- close-fitting
- cold
- come across
- come in
- come under
- compact
- complete
- conception
- concoction
- consistent
- convert
- cramped
- deadly
- define
- demand
- deny
* * *este1♦ adj inv[posición, parte] east, eastern; [dirección] easterly; [viento] east, easterly;la cara este del pico the east face of the mountain;la costa este the east coast;tiempo soleado en la mitad este del país sunny weather in the eastern half of the country;partieron con rumbo este they set off in an easterly direction;un frente frío que se desplaza en dirección este a cold front moving eastwards♦ nm1. [zona] east;está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madrid;la fachada da al este the front of the building faces east;viento del este east o easterly wind;habrá lluvias en el este (del país) there will be rain in the east (of the country);ir hacia el este to go east(wards)2. [punto cardinal] east;el sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the eastlos países del Este the countries of Eastern Europe4. [viento] easterly, east wind1. [en general] this;[plural] these;esta camisa this shirt;este año this year;esta mañana this morning;esta noche tonight[plural] those;no soporto a la niña esta I can't stand that girl;el teléfono este no funciona this telephone's not working3. Méx, RP [como muletilla] well, er, um;y entonces, este, le propuse… and then, um, I suggested…;es un, este, cómo se dice, un lexicógrafo he's a, oh, what do you call it, a lexicographer;este, ¿me prestás plata? er, can you lend me some money?este3, -a (pl estos, -as) pron demostrativo Note that este and its various forms can be written with an accent ( éste, ésta etc) when there is a risk of confusion with the adjective.1. [en general] this one;[plural] these (ones);dame otro boli, este no funciona give me another pen, this one doesn't work;aquellos cuadros no están mal, aunque estos me gustan más those paintings aren't bad, but I like these (ones) better;esta ha sido la semana más feliz de mi vida this has been the happiest week of my life;cualquier día de estos one of these days;Famesta es la mía/tuya/ etc[m5]. this is the chance I've/you've/ etc been waiting for, this is my/your/ etc big chance;en estas just then;en estas sonó el teléfono just then o at that very moment, the phone rang;en una de estas one of these days;en una de estas te pillará la policía one of these days the police will catch you;Fampor estas [lo juro] I swear, honest to God;¿seguro que no me estás mintiendo? – ¡por estas! are you sure you're not lying to me? – I swear o honest to God2. [recién mencionado] the latter;entraron Juan y Pedro, este con un abrigo verde Juan and Pedro came in, the latter wearing a green coatestos son los culpables de todo lo ocurrido it's this lot o bunch who are to blame for everything4. Formal [en correspondencia]espero que al recibo de esta te encuentres bien I hope this letter finds you well* * *1 m easta todas estas in the meanwhile* * *1) : this one, these ones pl2) : the lattereste adj: eastern, easteste nm1) oriente: east2) : east wind3)el Este : the East, the Orient* * *este1 adj thiseste2 n east -
48 éste
adj.east, eastern.m.east.viento del este east windir hacia el este to go east(wards)está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madridlos países del este the countries of Eastern Europe* * *► adjetivo (pl estos,-as)1 this (plural) these————————► adjetivo1 east, eastern2 (dirección) easterly; (viento) east, easterly1 east2 (viento) east wind* * *1. = esta, adj.- estos2. adj.east, eastern3. noun m.* * *I1.ADJ INV [zona, área] eastla costa este — the east o eastern coast
íbamos en dirección este — we were going east o eastward(s), we were going in an eastward o an easterly direction
2. SM1) (Geog) East, eastvientos fuertes del Este — strong east o easterly winds
la casa está orientada hacia el Este — the house is east-facing, the house faces East o east
2) (Pol)3) (tb: zona este) east4) (Meteo) (tb: viento del este) east wind, easterly windIIeste, -aADJ DEM1) [indicando proximidad]a) [sing] this¿qué habéis hecho este fin de semana? — what did you do at the weekend?, what did you do this weekend?
¿dónde vais a ir este fin de semana? — [dicho un viernes] where are you going this weekend?; [dicho un lunes] where are you going next weekend?
b)estos/estas — these
estas tijeras — these scissors, this pair of scissors
2) * [con valor enfático]¡a ver qué quiere ahora el tío este! — what does that guy want now! *
III¡este Pedro es un desastre! — that Pedro is a complete disaster! *
este, -aPRON DEM =éste PRON DEM éste, -a1) [sing] this one¡este me quiere engañar! — this guy's out to cheat me!
pero ¿dónde está este? — where on earth is he?
2)estos/estas — these; [en texto] the latter
3) [locuciones]en esta — [en cartas] in this town (from where I'm writing)
•
en estas, en estas se acerca y dice... — just then he went up and said...4) esp LAm [como muletilla]In the past the standard spelling for these demonstrative pronouns was with an accent (éste, ésta, éstos and éstas). Nowadays the Real Academia Española advises that the accented forms are only required where there might otherwise be confusion with the adjective.este... — er..., um...
* * *[According to the Real Academia Española the written accent may be omitted when there is no risk of confusion with the adjective]a) this one; (pl) theseAlfonso y Andrés, éste de pie, aquél sentado — (liter)... Alfonso and Andrés, the former sitting down and the latter standing
[sometimes indicates irritation, emphasis or disapproval] qué niña ésta! — (fam) honestly, this child!
b) ésta (frml) (en cartas, documentos) the city in which the letter is writtenresidente en ésta — resident in Seville (o Lima etc)
* * *Ien la parte este del país — in the eastern part o the east of the country
iban en dirección este — they were heading east o eastward(s)
IIel ala/la costa este — the east wing/coast
a) (parte, sector)b) ( punto cardinal) east, Eastcaminaron hacia el Este — they walked east o eastward(s)
c) el Este (Hist, Pol) the EastIIIesta adjetivo demostrativo (pl estos, estas)a) this; (pl) these[usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó — (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me
b) ( como muletilla) well, er* * *el este= east, theEx: Standing in the early morning on the balcony of her apartment, she was smote as she always was by the grandeur of the sky turning to scarlet as the rim of darkness in the east released the sun for its sluggish trek through the heavens.
este11 = east.Ex: The plan of the temple is round instead of rectangular, and unlike the rest, faces north instead of east.
* Alemania del Este = East Germany.* al este de = east of.* bloque del este, el = Eastern bloc, the.* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.* del este = eastern.* del este asiático = East Asian.* derecho hacia el este = due east.* en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.* este, el = east, the.* Europa Central del Este = East Central Europe.* exactamente al este = due east.* habitante del este = Easterner.* hacia el este = eastward(s), eastbound.* la Europa del Este = Eastern Europe.* país de Europa del Este = Eastern European country.* sudeste = southeast [south east].* sureste = southeast [south east].este2= present, such, this.Ex: We are going to use the data elements defined in the present document as a base from which to begin.
Ex: Preferential relationships generally indicate preferred terms or descriptors and distinguish such terms from non-descriptors or non-preferred terms.Ex: In this chapter a review of the development of cataloguing codes is given in order to explain and place in context the nature of modern cataloguing codes.* a este fin = to this end.* a este paso = at this rate.* a este respecto = in this respect.* a este ritmo = at this rate.* al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, in doing so.* a partir de esto = on this basis.* como esto = like this.* como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.* con este fin = to that effect.* con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, by doing so, by this, in doing so.* de esta forma = in this way.* de esta manera = in this manner, in this way.* de este modo = by this means, in so doing, this way, thus, in doing so.* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.* de nuevo en este caso = here again.* desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.* dicho esto = that said.* directamente hacia el este = due east.* durante este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.* en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.* en este caso = in this case.* en este contexto = against this background.* en este documento = herein.* en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.* en este momento = at this stage, right now.* en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.* en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, on this score, to that effect.* en estos casos = in these cases.* en estos tiempos = in this day and age.* entre éstos se incluyen = amongst these are numbered.* esta = this.* esta es la oportunidad de + Nombre = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.* ésta es la razón por la que = this is why.* esta es + Pronombre + oportunidad = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.* ¡esta es tu oportunidad! = here's your chance!.* esta mañana = early today.* esta mañana temprano = early this morning.* esta noche = tonight, tonite.* esta vez = this time around/round, this time.* éste es también el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).* éste no es el caso en = not so in.* este tipo de = such.* este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.* esto es así = this is the case.* esto no ocurre en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.* esto no se debe hacer así = this just won't do.* esto no vale = this just won't do.* estos = these.* estos días = these days.* haciendo esto = by so doing, by doing so.* letra cuya impresión en papel no está completa = broken letter.* para esto = therefor.* para hacer esto = in this.* para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.* para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.* partiendo de esto = on that basis.* pensando en esto = with this/that in mind.* por esta razón = for this reason.* por este motivo = for this reason.* por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.* presentado desde esta perspectiva = cast in this light.* teniendo esto como telón de fondo = against this background.* teniendo esto como trasfondo = against this background.* teniendo esto presente = with this/that in mind.* todo esto = the whole thing.* * *este1[ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ‹región› easternen la parte este del país in the eastern part of the countryiban en dirección este they were heading east o eastward(s), they were heading in an easterly directionvientos moderados del sector este moderate easterly winds o winds from the eastel ala/litoral este the east wing/coastla cara este de la montaña the east o eastern face of the mountaineste2(parte, sector): el este the easten el este del país in the east of the countryestá al este de Bogotá it lies to the east of Bogotá, it is (to the) east of Bogotá2 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (punto cardinal) east, Eastel Sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the east o the Eastvientos flojos del Este light easterly winds, light winds from the eastla calle va de Este a Oeste the street runs east-westdar tres pasos hacia el Este take three paces east o eastward(s) o to the eastvientos moderados del sector sur rotando al este moderate winds from the south becoming o veering easterlymás al este further eastlas ventanas dan al este the windows face east3los países del Este the Eastern Bloc countries4Este (en bridge) East(pl estos, estas)1 this; (pl) theseeste chico this boyesta gente these people[usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó ( fam); this idiot here didn't tell me2 (como muletilla) well, er¿fuiste tú o no? — este … was it you or not? — well …* * *
Del verbo estar: ( conjugate estar)
esté es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
E.
estar
este
éste
E. (
estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
1a) ( seguido de adjetivos)◊ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;
estás más gordo you've put on weight;
estoy cansada I'm tired;
está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!b) ( con◊ bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;
¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;
3 ( seguido de participios)
estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
ver tb v aux 2
4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
(para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);
¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
verbo intransitivo
1 ( en un lugar) to be;◊ ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;
está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
solo ésteé unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
¿cuánto tiempo ésteás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
2 ( en el tiempo):◊ ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;
¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
estamos en primavera it's spring
3a) (tener como función, cometido):
estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them
4 (estar listo, terminado):
lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):
la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
éste v aux
1 ( con gerundio):
estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
2 ( con participio):
ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
ver tb estar cópula 3
estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;◊ ¿no te puedes éste quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;
estese tranquilo don't worry
estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
este 1 adjetivo invariable ‹ región› eastern;
iban en dirección éste they were heading east o eastward(s);
el ala/la costa éste the east wing/coast
■ sustantivo masculinoa) (parte, sector):
al éste de Lima to the east of Lima
las ventanas dan al éste the windows face eastc)
los países del Eéste the Eastern Bloc countries
este 2,◊ esta adj dem (pl estos, estas)a) this;
(pl) these;
estos dólares these dollars;
usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun la estúpida esta no me avisó (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me
éste,◊ ésta pron dem (pl éstos, éstas) The written accent may be omitted when there is no risk of confusion with the adjective this one;
(pl) these;
éste or este es el mío this (one) is mine;
un día de éstos or estos one of these days;
éste or este es el que yo quería this is the one I wanted;
prefiero éstos or estos I prefer these (ones);
sometimes indicates irritation, emphasis or disapproval◊ ¡qué niña esta! (fam) honestly, this child!;
residente en ésta or esta resident in Seville (o Lima etc)
estar verbo intransitivo
1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
está dormido, he's asleep
está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
(con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
(con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
(: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
(: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
estar al caer, to be just round the corner
estar en baja, to be waning
estar en todo, to be on top of everything
estaría bueno, whatever next
ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.
este,-a adj dem
1 this
este barco, this ship
esta casa, this house 2 estos,-as, these
estos hombres, these men
estas mujeres, these women
este sustantivo masculino
1 (punto cardinal) East: nos dirigíamos al este, we were going east
al este del Edén, to the east of Eden
(en aposición) (zona, parte) eastern: son del este de Europa, they're from Eastern Europe
(dirección, rumbo) easterly: el viento soplaba del este, there was an easterly wind
2 (bloque de países europeos) el Este, the East
éste,-a pron dem m,f
1 this one: éste/ésta es más bonito/a, this one is prettier 2 éstos,-as, these (ones)
' éste' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrir
- abrigada
- abrigado
- abultar
- acabada
- acabado
- acariciar
- acontecer
- actualización
- adelantarse
- adelanto
- afrutada
- afrutado
- ahora
- ahorrar
- alguna
- alguno
- ama
- amo
- andar
- aparte
- aplanar
- aplatanada
- aplatanado
- arrastre
- arreglo
- así
- asistencia
- aterrizar
- atravesarse
- baja
- bajo
- bastar
- bastante
- bendición
- bien
- cabezón
- cabezona
- cabida
- caché
- cachet
- caer
- calificar
- capacidad
- carbonizar
- cariño
- catalogar
- caza
- ceñirse
- chapada
English:
acoustic
- advanced
- afford
- afraid
- aggressive
- agony
- agree
- alleviate
- ambience
- amenities
- anniversary
- antidote
- anywhere
- architecture
- arithmetic
- attain
- attribute
- be
- belong
- blank
- boggle
- bore
- breeze
- broadsheet
- bulky
- bundle
- buy
- call
- call at
- can
- capture
- cash
- chapter
- characteristic
- close-fitting
- cold
- come across
- come in
- come under
- compact
- complete
- conception
- concoction
- consistent
- convert
- cramped
- deadly
- define
- demand
- deny
* * *este1♦ adj inv[posición, parte] east, eastern; [dirección] easterly; [viento] east, easterly;la cara este del pico the east face of the mountain;la costa este the east coast;tiempo soleado en la mitad este del país sunny weather in the eastern half of the country;partieron con rumbo este they set off in an easterly direction;un frente frío que se desplaza en dirección este a cold front moving eastwards♦ nm1. [zona] east;está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madrid;la fachada da al este the front of the building faces east;viento del este east o easterly wind;habrá lluvias en el este (del país) there will be rain in the east (of the country);ir hacia el este to go east(wards)2. [punto cardinal] east;el sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the eastlos países del Este the countries of Eastern Europe4. [viento] easterly, east wind1. [en general] this;[plural] these;esta camisa this shirt;este año this year;esta mañana this morning;esta noche tonight[plural] those;no soporto a la niña esta I can't stand that girl;el teléfono este no funciona this telephone's not working3. Méx, RP [como muletilla] well, er, um;y entonces, este, le propuse… and then, um, I suggested…;es un, este, cómo se dice, un lexicógrafo he's a, oh, what do you call it, a lexicographer;este, ¿me prestás plata? er, can you lend me some money?este3, -a (pl estos, -as) pron demostrativo Note that este and its various forms can be written with an accent ( éste, ésta etc) when there is a risk of confusion with the adjective.1. [en general] this one;[plural] these (ones);dame otro boli, este no funciona give me another pen, this one doesn't work;aquellos cuadros no están mal, aunque estos me gustan más those paintings aren't bad, but I like these (ones) better;esta ha sido la semana más feliz de mi vida this has been the happiest week of my life;cualquier día de estos one of these days;Famesta es la mía/tuya/ etc[m5]. this is the chance I've/you've/ etc been waiting for, this is my/your/ etc big chance;en estas just then;en estas sonó el teléfono just then o at that very moment, the phone rang;en una de estas one of these days;en una de estas te pillará la policía one of these days the police will catch you;Fampor estas [lo juro] I swear, honest to God;¿seguro que no me estás mintiendo? – ¡por estas! are you sure you're not lying to me? – I swear o honest to God2. [recién mencionado] the latter;entraron Juan y Pedro, este con un abrigo verde Juan and Pedro came in, the latter wearing a green coatestos son los culpables de todo lo ocurrido it's this lot o bunch who are to blame for everything4. Formal [en correspondencia]espero que al recibo de esta te encuentres bien I hope this letter finds you well* * *1 m easta todas estas in the meanwhile* * *1) : this one, these ones pl2) : the lattereste adj: eastern, easteste nm1) oriente: east2) : east wind3)el Este : the East, the Orient* * *este1 adj thiseste2 n east -
49 HUNDRAÐ
(pl. hundruð), n. hundred; tírœtt h. = 100; tólfrœtt h. = 120; hundruðum, by (in) hundreds; as value, one hundred and twenty ells of the stuff wadmal; h. frítt, a hundred paid in cattle; tólf hundruð mórend, twelve hundred in dark-striped wadmal; hundrað silfrs, ? the silver value of 120 ells (= 20 ounces).* * *n. pl. hundruð; the form hund- (q. v.) only occurs in a few old compd words: [Goth. hunda, pl.; A. S. hund; O. H. G. hunt; the extended form in Hel. and old Frank, hundered; Germ. hundert; Dan. hundrede; Swed. hundra; the inflexive syllable is prob. akin to - ræðr in átt-ræðr]:—a hundred; the Scandinavians of the heathen time (and perhaps also all Teutonic people) seem to have known only a duo-decimal hundred (= 12 × 10 or 120); at that time 100 was expressed by tíu-tíu, cp. Ulf. taihun-taihund = ten-teen; Pal Vídalín says,—hundrað tólfrætt er sannlega frá heiðni til vor komið, en hið tíræða er líkast að Norðrlönd hafi ekki vitað af fyrr en Kristni kom hér og með henni lærdómr þeirrar aldar, Skýr. s. v. Hundrað (fine): but with the introduction of Christianity came in the decimal hundred, the two being distinguished by adjectives,—tólfrætt hundrað = 120, and tírætt hundrað = 100. But still the old popular duodecimal system continued in almost all matters concerned with economical or civil life, in all law phrases, in trade, exchange, property, value, or the like, and the decimal only in ecclesiastical or scholastic matters (chronology, e. g. Íb. ch. 1, 10). At the same time the word in speech and writing was commonly used without any specification of tírætt or tólfrætt, for, as Pal Vídalín remarks, every one acquainted with the language knew which was meant in each case; even at the present time an Icel. farmer counts his flocks and a fisherman his share (hlutr) by the duodecimal system; and everybody knows that a herd or share of one hundred and a half means 120 + 60 = 180. In old writers the popular way of counting is now and then used even in chronology and in computation, e. g. when Ari Frode (Íb. ch. 4) states that the year consists of three hundred and four days (meaning 364); the census of franklins given by the same writer (where the phrase is hundruð heil = whole or full hundreds) is doubtless reckoned by duodecimal, not decimal hundreds, Íb. ch. 10; and in the census of priests and churches taken by bishop Paul (about A. D. 1200) ‘tíræð’ is expressively added, lest duodecimal hundreds should be understood, Bs. i. 136. The Landn. (at end) contains a statement (from Ari?) that Iceland continued pagan for about a hundred years, i. e. from about 874–997 A. D. In the preface to Ólafs S., Snorri states that two duodecimal hundreds (tvau hundruð tólfræð) elapsed from the first colonisation of Iceland before historical writing began (i. e. from about A. D. 874–1115): levies of ships and troops are in the laws and Sagas counted by duodecimal hundreds, e. g. the body-guard of king Olave consisted of a hundred hirð-men, sixty house-carles and sixty guests, in all ‘two hundred’ men, i. e. 240, Mork. 126; the sons of earl Strút-Harald had a hundred men, of whom eighty were billetted out and forty returned, Fms. xi. 88, 89; hálft hundrað, a half hundred = sixty, Mork. l. c.2. a division of troops = 120; hundraðs-flokkr, Fms. vi. (in a verse).II. in indef. sense, hundreds, a host, countless number, see hund-, as also in the adverb, phrase, hundruðum, by hundreds (indefinitely), Fms. vi. 407, Þiðr. 275, 524: in mod. usage as adjective and indecl., except the pl. in -uð, thus hundruð ásauðum, Dipl. iv. 10.B. As value, a hundred, i. e. a hundred and twenty ells of the stuff wadmal, and then simply value to that amount (as a pound sterling in English). All property, real as well as personal, is even at present in Icel. taxed by hundreds; thus an estate is a ‘twenty, sixty, hundred’ estate; a franklin gives his tithable property as amounting to so and so many hundreds. As for the absolute value of a hundred, a few statements are sufficient, thus e. g. a milch cow, or six ewes with lambs, counts for a hundred, and a hundrað and a kúgildi (cow’s value) are equal: the charge for the alimentation of a pauper for twelve months was in the law (Jb. 165) fixed to four hundred and a half for a male person, but three hundred and a half for a female; cp. also the phrase, það er ekki hundrað í hættunni, there is no hundred at stake, no great risk! In olden times a double standard was used,—the wool or wadmal standard, called hundrað talið = a hundred by tale, i. e. a hundred and twenty ells as stated above, and a silver standard, called hundrað vegit, a hundred by weight, or hundrað silfrs, a hundred in silver, amounting to two marks and a half = twenty ounces = sixty örtugar; but how the name hundred came to be applied to it is not certain, unless half an örtug was taken as the unit. It is probable that originally both standards were identical, which is denoted by the phrase, sex álna eyrir, six ells to an ounce, or a hundred and twenty ells equal to twenty ounces (i. e. wadmal and silver at par); but according as the silver coinage was debased, the phrases varied between nine, ten, eleven, twelve ells to an ounce (N. G. L. i. 80, 81, 387, 390, passim), which denote bad silver; whereas the phrase ‘three ells to an ounce’ (þriggja álna eyrir, Sturl. i. 163, passim, or a hundred in wadmal equal to half a hundred in silver) must refer either to a double ell or to silver twice as pure: the passage in Grág. i. 500 is somewhat obscure, as also Rd. 233: the words vegin, silfrs, or talin are often added, but in most cases no specification is given, and the context must shew which of the two standards is there meant; the wool standard is the usual one, but in cases of weregild the silver standard seems always to be understood; thus a single weregild (the fine for a man’s life) was one hundred, Njála passim.2. the phrases, hundrað frítt, a hundred paid in cattle, Finnb. 236; tólf hundruð mórend, twelve hundred in dark striped wadmal, Nj. 225; hundrað í búsgögnum ok í húsbúningi, Vm. 65; hundraðs-gripr, hestr, hross, kapall, hvíla, sæng, rekkja, psaltari, etc., a beast, a horse, a bed, etc., of a hundred’s value, Am. 2, 10, Vm. 25, 39, 60, 153, Jm. 3, 30; hundraðs-úmagi, a person whose maintenance costs a hundred, Vm. 156; hundraðs virði, a hundred’s value, 68. For references see the Sagas and laws passim, and for more information see Mr. Dasent’s Essay in Burnt Njal.C. A hundred, a political division which in olden times was common to all Teut. nations, but is most freq. in old Swedish laws, where several hundreds made a hérað or shire; cp. the A. S. and Engl. hundred, Du Cange hundredum; old Germ. hunderti, see Grimm’s Rechts Alterthümer; the centum pagi of Caesar, Bell. Gall. iv. ch. 1, is probably the Roman writer’s misconception of the Teut. division of land into hundreds; this is also the case with Tacit. Germ. ch. 12: cp. the Swed. local names Fjaðrunda-land, Áttundaland, and Tíunda-land, qs. Fjaðr-hunda land, Átthunda land, Tíhunda land, i. e. a combination of four, eight, ten hundreds. The original meaning was probably a community of a hundred and twenty franklins or captains. This division is not found in Icel. -
50 Usage note : let
When let is used in English with another verb in order to make a suggestion (let’s do it at once), the first person plural - ons of the appropriate verb can generally be used to express this in French: faisons-le tout de suite. (Note that the verb alone translates let us do and no pronoun appears in French.)In the spoken language, however, which is the usual context for such suggestions, French speakers will use the much more colloquial on + present tense or si on + imperfect tense:let’s do it at once= on le fait tout de suite? or si on le faisait tout de suite?let’s go to the cinema tonight= si on allait au cinéma ce soir?let’s go!= allons-y! or on y va!These translations can also be used for negative suggestions:let’s not take or don’t let’s take the bus - let’s walk= on ne prend pas le bus, on y va à pied or ne prenons pas le bus, allons-y à piedFor more examples and particular usages see A1 in the entry let1.When let is used in English with another verb to express defiance or a command (just let him try!) French uses the structure que + present subjunctive:just let him try!= qu’il essaie!don’t let me see you here again!= que je ne te revoie plus ici!For more examples and particular usages see A2 in the entry let1.When let is used to mean allow, it is generally translated by the verb laisser. For examples and particular usages see A3 in the entry let1.For translations of expressions such as let fly, let loose, let slip etc., consult the entry for the second word (fly, loose, slip etc.). -
51 aliquando
ălĭquandŏ, temp. adv. [aliquis; Corssen, Ausspr. II. p. 856, regards the affix in this word and in quando as from an earlier -da = dies].I.A.. In opp. to a definite, fixed point of time, at some time or other, once; at any time, ever (i. e. at an indefinite, undetermined time, of the past, present, and future; mostly in affirmative clauses, while umquam is only used of past and future time, and in negative clauses or those implying doubt; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 2, 14, 51).—Of the past: neque ego umquam fuisse tale monstrum in terris ullum puto: quis clarioribus viris quodam tempore jucundior? quis turpioribus conjunctior: quis civis meliorum partium aliquando? Cic. Cael. 5, 12:B.Ad quem angelorum dixit aliquando, Sede etc.,
Vulg. Heb. 1, 13.—Of the future:erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando ille dies, etc.,
Cic. Mil. 26, 69:cave, ne aliquando peccato consentias,
Vulg. Tob. 4, 6:huic utinam aliquando gratiam referre possimus! Habebimus quidem semper,
Cic. Fam. 14, 4:ne posset aliquando ad bellum faciendum locus ipse adhortari,
id. Off. 1, 11, 35.—Of the present: de rationibus et de controversiis societatis vult dijudicari. Sero: verum aliquando tamen, but yet once, in opp. to not at all, never, Cic. Quint. 13, 43.—With non, nec (eccl. Lat.):C.non peccabitis aliquando,
Vulg. 2 Pet. 1, 10:nec aliquando defuit quidquam iis,
ib. 1 Reg. 25, 7; 25, 15; ib. Dan. 14, 6; ib 1 Thess. 2, 5.—In connection with ullus, and oftener, esp. in Cic., with aliquis:D.quaerere ea num vel e Philone vel ex ullo Academico audivisset aliquando,
Cic. Ac. 2, 4, 11: Forsitan aliquis aliquando ejusmodi quidpiam fecerit. id. Verr. 2, 32, 78;ego quia dico aliquid aliquando, et quia, ut fit, in multis exit aliquando aliquid, etc.,
id. Planc 14, 35;non despero fore aliquem aliquando,
id. de Or. 1, 21, 95:docendo etiam aliquid aliquando,
id. Or. 42, 144:Nam aut erit hic aliquid aliquando, etc.,
id. Fam. 7, 11, 2.—So with quisquis:nec quidquam aliquando periit,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 25, 15; 25, 7.—Si forte aliquando or si aliquando, if at any time, if ever; or of a distant, but undefined, point of time, if once, at one time, or one day:E.si quid hujus simile forte aliquando evenerit,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 40:quod si aliquando manus ista plus valuerit quam vestra ac rei publicae dignitas, etc.,
Cic. Cat. 4, 10, 20: ampla domus dedecori saepe domino fit, et maxime si aliquando alio domino solita est frequentari, once, i. e. at a former time, id. Off. 1, 39, 139.—It is often used (opp.: in praesentiā, nunc, adhuc) of an indefinite, past, or future time = olim, quondam, once, formerly; in future time, hereafter:II.quod sit in praesentiā de honestate delibatum, virtute aliquando et industriā recuperetur,
Cic. Inv. 2, 58, 174:aliquando nobis libertatis tempus fuisse, quod pacis vobiscum non fuerit: nunc certe, etc., Liv 25, 29: Iol ad mare, aliquando ignobilis, nunc illustris,
Mel. 1, 6:Qui aliquando non populus, nunc autem populus Dei,
Vulg. 1 Pet. 2, 10; ib. Philem. 11:quam concedis adhuc artem omnino non esse, sed aliquando, etc.,
Cic. de Or 1, 58, 246.—Sometimes the point of time in contrast can be determined only from the context:quaerere num e Philone audivisset aliquando,
Cic. Ac. Pr. 2, 4, 11:veritus sum deesse Pompeii saluti, cum ille aliquando non defuisset meae,
id. Fam. 6, 6, 10:aut quisquam nostri misereri potest, qui aliquando vobis hostis fuit?
Sall. J. 14, 17:Zacynthus aliquando appellata Hyrie,
Plin. 4, 12, 19, § 54; Plin. Ep. 6, 10:quae aliquando viderat,
Vulg. Gen. 42, 9; ib. 1 Pet. 3, 20.—Of that which at times happens, in contrast with that which never or seldom occurs, sometimes, now and then = non numquam, interdum (opp.: numquam, raro; semper, saepe).A.Te non numquam a me alienārunt, et me aliquando immutārunt tibi, Cic. Fam. 5, 8, 2:B.liceret ei dicere utilitatem aliquando cum honestate pugnare,
id. Off. 3, 3, 12:sitne aliquando mentiri boni viri?
id. de Or. 3, 29, 113; Quint. 5, 13, 31:multa proelia et aliquando non cruenta,
Tac. Agr. 17; Suet. Aug. 43.—With numquam, raro; semper, saepe, saepius, modo in another clause:C.convertit se aliquando ad timorem, numquam ad sanitatem,
Cic. Sull. 5, 17:senatumque et populum numquam obscura nomina, etiam si aliquando obumbrentur,
Tac. H. 2, 32:quod non saepe, atque haud scio an umquam, in aliquā parte eluceat aliquando,
Cic. Or. 2, 7:raro, sed aliquando tamen, ex metu delirium nascitur,
Cels. 3, 18; so id. 8, 4; 1 praef.:aliquando... semper,
Liv. 45, 23, 8:aliquando fortuna, semper animo maximus,
Vell. 2, 18: Haud semper errat fama;aliquando et elegit,
Tac. Agr. 9:aliquando... saepe,
Cels. 1 praef.:nec tamen ubique cerni, aliquando propter nubila, saepius globo terrae obstante,
Plin. 2, 13, 10, § 56; so Tac. A. 3, 27; id. Agr. 38.—In partitive clauses, twice, or even several times, like modo—modo, sometimes also alternating with non numquam or modo (so only in the post-Aug. per.), at one time... at another, now.. now:D.confirmatio aliquando totius causae est, aliquando partium,
Quint. 5, 13, 58; Plin. 17, 28, 47, § 262; Sen. Q. N. 2, 36, 2:aliquando emicat stella, aliquando ardores sunt, aliquando fixi et haerentes, non numquam volubiles,
id. ib. 1, 14; cf. Suet. Calig. 52:Vespasianus modo in spem erectus, aliquando adversa reputabat,
Tac. H. 2, 74; id. A. 16, 10.—In colloquial lang., to indicate that there is occasion for a certain thing, once, for once, on this occasion, now:E.aliquando osculando melius est, uxor, pausam fieri,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 6, 1:sed si placet, sermonem alio transferamus, et nostro more aliquando, non rhetorico loquamur,
now in our own way, Cic. de Or. 1, 29, 133:sed ne plura: dicendum enim aliquando est, Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
I must for once say it, id. Fam. 13, 1, 14.—In commands, exhortations, or wishes, = tandem, at length, now at last:F.audite quaeso, judices, et aliquando miseremini sociorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 28, 72:mode scribe aliquando ad nos, quid agas,
id. Fam. 7, 12, 2:stulti, aliquando sapite,
Vulg. Psa. 93, 8:ipse agat, ut orbatura patres aliquando fulmina ponat,
Ov. M. 2, 391:Aliquando isti principes sibi populi Romani auctoritati parendum esse fateantur,
id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; id. Verr. 4, 37, 81; Sall. J. 14, 21; Ov. M. 2, 390:et velim aliquando, cum erit tuum commodum, Lentulum puerum visas,
Cic. Att. 12, 28.—Hence,Of that which happens after long expectation or delay, freq. in connection with tandem, finally, at length, now at last:quibus (quaestionibus) finem aliquando amicorum auctoritas fecit,
Cic. Clu. 67, 191:(dii) placati jam vel satiati aliquando,
id. Marcell. 6, 18:collegi me aliquando,
id. Clu. 18, 51: aliquando idque sero usum loquendi populo concessi, finally. i. e. after I have for a long time spoken in another manner, id. Or. 48, 160:te aliquando collaudare possum, quod jam, etc.,
id. Fam. 7, 17; Suet. Aug. 70:diu exspectaverant, dum retia extraherentur: aliquando extractis piscis nullus infuit,
id. Clar. Rhet. 1.—With tandem:aliquando tandem huc animum ut adducas tuum,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 61:spes est et hunc aliquan do tandem posse consistere,
Cic. Quint. 30, 94 tandem aliquando L. Catilinam ex urbe ejecimus, id. Cat. 2, 1:ut tandem aliquando timere desinam,
id. ib. 1, 7, 18; id. Quint. 30, 94:servus tandem aliquando mihi a te exspectatissimas litteras reddidit,
id. Fam. 16, 9:tandem aliquando refloruistis,
Vulg. Phil. 4, 10.—With jam:utile esse te aliquando jam rem transigere,
now at length Cic. Att. 1, 4. -
52 connect
1. IIconnect in some manner connect well (firmly, loosely, etc.) хорошо /плотно/ и т. д. соединяться; the two parts do not connect properly эти две части не соединяются / не подогнаны/ как следует2. IIIconnect smth., smb. connect pipes (the two wires, circuits, two buildings, two banks of a river, two families, etc.) соединять трубы и т. д.3. IVconnect smth. at some time I have never connected these two ideas я никогда не связывал вместе эти два понятия4. XI1) be connected is the gas (the telephone, etc.) connected? газ и т. д. подключен?; you are connected соединяю, говорите (слова телефонистки)', be connected to smb., smth. I was again connected to the wrong person меня опять неправильно соединили, я не туда попал (о разговоре по телефону), be connected in some manner make sure the machine is connected properly before you press the button прежде чем нажимать кнопку, проверьте, правильно ли машина включена в сеть2) be connected in some manner be closely (remotely, indissolubly, etc.) connected быть тесно и т. д. связанным, иметь непосредственное и т. д. отношение (к чему-л.); the two words are etymologically connected эти два слова этимологически связаны; be well connected a) иметь хорошие связи; б) иметь влиятельных родственников; be highly connected а) иметь связи в высоких /в высших/ сферах; б) иметь высокопоставленных родственников; these events are not in any way connected эти события никак не связаны между собой; be connected by smth. the two towns are connected by a railway эти два города соединены /соединяются/ железной дорогой; these islands are connected by telegraph между этими островами есть телеграфная связь; be connected with smth. be connected with a newspaper (with the iron industry, with a banking house, with a foreign firm, with astronomy, etc.) быть связанным с газетой и т. д., иметь отношении к газете и т. д., industries connected with transport отрасли промышленности, связанные с транспортом; what firm are you connected with? в какой фирме вы работаете?, с какой фирмой вы связаны?; he asked questions connected with this matter он задавал вопросы, имеющие отношение к этому делу; be connected with smb. be connected with the family (with these people, with the Smiths, etc.) иметь родственные связи с этой семьей и т. д.; I am only distantly connected with her она приходится мне дальней родственницей; be connected by smth. the two families are connected by marriage эти семьи состоят в свойстве; be connected with smb., smth. by smth. be connected with her (him) by marriage находиться в родственных отношениях /быть родственниками/ по мужу (жене); be connected with him by close ties of friendship быть связанным с ним тесными узами дружбы; he's connected with his friends by telephone он общается со своими друзьями по телефону; be connected with the lilainland by a steamer service (with the country by a motor-bus service, etc.) быть связанным с материком пароходным сообщением и т. д.3) be connected with smth., smb. there are many traditions connected with marriage со свадьбой связано множество традиций; this technique is connected with the name of Dickens этот прием связан с именем Диккенса; he is connected with this family он имеет отношение к этой семье; be connected somewhere these two things are always connected in my mind я всегда мысленно связываю эти две вещи, эти две вещи у меня всегда ассоциируются5. XVI1) connect with smth. connect with the main street (with the bathroom, with the study, etc.) соединяться с центральной улицей и т. д., side streets that connect with the main arteries переулки, которые вливаются в /выходят на/ главную магистраль; this sentence doesn't seem to connect with the context это предложение, по-моему, не связано с текстом2) connect with smth. the train (the bus, the steamer, etc) connects with local buses (with another train, etc.) расписание поезда и т. д. согласовано с расписанием местных автобусов и т. д.; connect at some place these trains connect at New York в Нью-Йорке можно пересесть с этого поезда на тот; all trains connect with buses at this station на этой станции ко всем поездам подаются автобусы6. XVIIIconnect oneself with smth. connect oneself with this firm (with industry, with aviation, etc.) быть связанным по работе с этой фирмой и т. д.7. XXI1№. connect smth. with smth. this airline connects Paris with all the large towns (the islands with mainland telegraphically, etc.) эта авиалиния соединяет Париж со всеми крупными городами и т. д.; connect the gas stove with the gas pipe подключать плиту к газовой трубе; connect theory with practice (science with industry, etc.) соединять /сочетать/ теорию с практикой и т д.; the traditions that connect the present with the past традиции, которые связывают настоящее с прошлым; connect smb. with smb., smth. connect smb. with his chief (with the office, etc.) соединять кого-л. с начальником и т. д.; please connect me with Mr. Smith (with the hospital, etc.) пожалуйста, соедините меня с мастером Смитом и т. д.; connect smth. by smth. connect two buildings by a gallery (the two wings by a vaulted passage, the parks by a covered walk, two banks of a river by a bridge, two towns by a railway line, two families by marriage, etc.) соединять /связывать/ два здания галереей и т. д.; connect smth. to smth. please connect these wires to the battery пожалуйста, присоедините эти провода к батарее; connect the set to earth заземлить приемник2)connect smth., smb. with smth., smb. connect war with fascism (Malays with rubber and tin, etc.) ассоциировать /связывать/ войну с фашизмом и т. д.; connect smb. with theatre (with these events, etc.) связывать /ассоциировать/ кого-л. с театром и т. д.; we connect the suffix connected with the idea of past action суффикс -ed связывается с понятием о действии, совершенном в прошлом; we connect American car industry with Ford у нас американская автомобильная промышленность связывается с именем Форда -
53 Alius
1.Ālĭus (better Ālĕus), a, um, adj., = Elius (v. Alis and Elis), Elian; subst., a native of Elis, a town in Achaia (only a few times in Plaut. Capt.):2.postquam belligerant Aetoli cum Aleis,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 24; 27; 2, 2, 30.ălĭus, a, ud, adj. and subst. (old form, alis, alid, after the analogy of quis, quid:I.alis rare,
Cat. 66, 28; Sall. ap. Charis, 2, p. 133; Inscr. Orell. 2488:alid more freq.,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 257; 5, 1305; 5, 1456; Cat. 29, 15; cf. Prisc. 13, p. 959.— Gen. sing. masc.: alius, rare, and not used by Tac.; for which alterius is com. used (v. alter); also alii, Cato and Licin. ap. Prisc. 194 P.; Varr. R. R. 1, 2.— Fem. gen.:aliae,
Lucr. 3, 918; Cic. Div. 2, 13, 30; Liv. 24, 27, 8; Gell. 2, 28, 1; Capito ap. Gell. 4, 10, 8.— Masc. dat.:ali,
Lucr. 6, 1226:alio,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 13. — Fem. dat.:aliae,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 207; Gell. 9, 4, 8) [cf. allos; Osc. allo ( nom. sing. fem.); Goth. alis; Erse, aile; O. H. Germ. alles, elles ( conj.); Engl. else], another, [p. 90] other (i. e. of many, whereas alter is one of two, v. exceptt. under II. G.); freq. with the indef. pronn. aliquis, quis, aliqui, qui, quidam, and the interrog. quis, qui, etc.A.. In gen.:► Instances of the rare gen.eorum sectam sequuntur multi mortales... multi alii ex Troja strenui viri,
Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 16:alios multos,
Vulg. Matt. 15, 30; ib. Marc. 7, 4:plures alios,
ib. ib. 12, 5:cum aliis pluribus,
ib. Act. 15, 35:an ita dissolvit, ut omnes alii dissolverunt?
Cic. Font. 1; Tac. H. 5, 5:dum aliud aliquid flagiti conficiat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:nec nobis praeter med alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 244:nec quisquam alius affuit,
id. ib. 1, 1, 269:panem vel aliud quidquam,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 3, 35. utrum hanc actionem habebis an aliam quampiam; Cic. Caecin. 37:quidquid aliud dare,
Vulg. Lev. 22, 25:ALIS NE POTESTO,
Inscr. Orell. 2488:datum Mi esse ab dis aliis,
Plaut. Am. prol. 12:adulescentulo in alio occupato amore,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:aut aliae cujus desiderium insideat rei,
Lucr. 3, 918:ne quam aliam quaerat copiam,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 54:nisi quid pater ait aliud,
id. And. 5, 4, 47:si verum est, Q. Fabium Labeonem seu quem alium arbitrum a senatu datum, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:quodcumque alid auget,
Lucr. 5, 257:Est alius quidam, parasitaster paululus,
Ter. Ad. 5. 2, 4; so Vulg. Luc. 22, 59:tuo (judicio) stabis, si aliud quoddam est tuum,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:L. Aemilius alius vir erat,
Liv. 44, 18:Genus ecce aliud discriminis audi,
Juv. 12, 24:alius, ne condemnaretur, pecuniam dedit,
Cic. Verr. 5, 117; Tac. Agr. 39:nemo alius,
Cic. Pis. 94; Vulg. Joan. 15, 24:alius nemo,
Cic. Quinct. 76:plus alimenti est in pane quam in ullo alio,
Cels. 2, 18:aliud esse causae suspicamur,
Cic. Fl. 39:Anne aliud tunc praefecti?
Juv. 4, 78:estne viris reliqui aliud,
Sall. Fragm. 187, 19:aliud auxilii,
Tac. A. 5, 8:aliud subsidii,
id. ib. 12, 46:alia honorum,
id. ib. 1, 9:alia sumptuum,
id. ib. 15, 15:sunt alia quae magis timeam,
Cic. Phil. 5, 29: Facete is quidem, sicut alia, many other things, id. Fin. 1, 3, 7 Madv.:haec aliaque,
Tac. H. 3, 51 al. —Hence, alio die, t. t. of the soothsayer, when he wished the Comitia postponed to another day, on the pretence of unfavorable omens: quid gravius quam rem susceptam dirimi, si unus augur alio die dixerit?
Cic. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Phil. 2, 33, 83 and 84 Wernsd. Perh. there is a reference to the same thing in Plaut. Poen. 2, 52: ita res divina mihi fuit: res serias omnes extollo ex hoc die in alium diem.—With aliquis, quisquam, or ullus implied (cf. aliqui, V. B., and aliquis, II. B.):ut, etiam si aliud melius fuit, tamen legatorum reditum exspectetis,
Cic. Phil. 6, 6:utar post alio, si invenero melius,
something else, id. Tusc. 1, 7, 14; so,si in aliud tempus differetur,
Caes. B C. 1, 86:an alium exspectamus?
Vulg. Matt. 11, 3; ib. Marc. 4, 36:siti magis quam alia re accenditur,
Sall. J. 89, 5:neque sex legiones alia de causa missas in Hispaniam,
Caes. B. C. 1, 85:neque creatura alia poterit nos separare,
Vulg. Rom. 8, 39.alius:B.alius generis bestiae,
Cic. N. D. 2, 48, 123; Varr. L. L. 9, 40, 67 dub.:alius ingenii,
Liv. 1, 56, 7 Madv. by conj.:alius ordinis,
Amm. 30, 5, 10:artificis aliusve,
Front. Controv. Agr. 2, 40, 27:alius coloris,
Non. p. 450:nomine vel ejus pro quo... aut alius qui, etc.,
Dig. 39, 2, 24, § 6; v. aliusmodi.—In comparisons, with atque, ac, or et, more rarely with nisi and quam; with the latter, in good class. authors, only when preceded by a neg. clause, or by an interrog. implying a neg.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; instead of quam, the comp. abl. or praeter, and similar words, sometimes appear, other than, different from, etc.(α).With atque, ac, or et:(β).illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35:alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13:potest non solum aliud mihi ac tibi, sed mihi ipsi aliud alias videri,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:longe alia nobis ac tu scripseras nuntiantur,
id. Att. 11, 10:res alio modo est ac putatur,
id. Inv. 2, 6, 21 B. and K.:qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum gerere coeperunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:non alius essem atque nunc sum,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9:longe aliam esse navigationem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano perspiciebant,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9: aliud (se) esse facturum ac pronunciasset, Nep. Ages. 3, 4:alia atque antea sentiret,
id. Hann. 2, 2:lux longe alia est solis et lychnorum,
is very different, Cic. Cael. 28.—With nisi or quam (the latter is suspicious in Cic.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 252; Orell. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75):(γ).amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames,
nothing else than, only, Cic. Lael. 27, 100:neque ulla fuit causa intermissionis epistularum nisi quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 7, 13:erat historia nihil aliud nisi annalium confectio,
id. de Or. 2, 12:Quid est aliud tumultus nisi perturbatio tanta, ut, etc.?
id. Phil. 8, 3:nihil aliud agerem, nisi eum, qui accusatus esset, defenderem,
id. Sull. 12; id. Att. 5, 10:quid est aliud Gigantum modo bellare cum dis nisi naturae repugnare?
id. Sen. 2, 5; id. Sex. Rosc. 19, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 13; id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:pinaster nihil aliud est quam pinus silvestris,
Plin. 16, 10; Nep. Arist. 2, 2; id. Paus. 1, 4:Lysander nihil aliud molitus est quam ut omnes civitates in sua teneret potestate,
id. Lys. 1, 4:neque aliud huic defuit quam generosa stirps,
id. Eum. 1, 2:Nullo quippe alio vincis discrimine quam quod Illi marmoreum caput est, etc.,
Juv. 8, 54.—Hence, nihil aliud nisi or quam, = ouden allo ê, followed by finite verb, nothing else than, nothing but, only (after these words, fecit, factum est may be supplied, or the phraseology changed to nulla alia re facta; cf. Matth. Gr. 903; Hoogev. ad Vig. p. 475;Kuhn. Gr. Gr. II. p. 825): tribunatus P. Sestii nihil aliud nisi meum nomen causamque sustinuit,
Cic. Sest. 6, 13:ut nihil aliud nisi de hoste ac de laude cogitet,
id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; Liv. 2, 8:et hostes quidem nihil aliud (i. e. nulla alia re facta) quam perfusis vano timore Romanis citato agmine abeunt,
id. 2, 63; 31, 24:sed ab lictore nihil aliud quam prehendere prohibito, cum conversus in Patres impetus esset,
id. 2, 29:ut domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiaret,
Suet. Caes. 20:mox nihil aliud quam vectabatur et deambulabat,
id. Aug. 83.—So, quid aliud quam? what other thing than? what else than? quibus quid aliud quam admonemus cives nos eorum esse, Liv. 4, 3:quid aliud quam ad bellum vocabantur?
Flor. 3, 23 med.; so,Quid Tullius? Anne aliud quam sidus?
Juv. 7, 199.—In affirmative-clauses rare, and only post-Aug.:te alia omnia, quam quae velis, agere, moleste ferrem,
Plin. Ep. 7, 15, 2:quod alium quam se cooptassent,
Suet. Ner. 2 al. —So, with the simple interrogative, quis alius? quid aliud? Qui, malum, alii? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:Quid te aliud sollicitat?
id. ib. 1, 2, 82:Quid aliud tibi vis?
id. Heaut. 2, 3, 90:Numquid vis aliud?
id. Eun. 1, 2, 111:Sed quis nunc alius audet praeferre? etc.,
Juv. 12, 48:Quid enim est aliud Antonius?
Cic. Phil. 2, 70:Quid est aliud furere?
id. Pis. 47:Quid est alia sinistra liberalitas?
Cat. 29, 15 al. —With comp. abl. (cf. in Gr. alla tôn dikaiôn, Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25):(δ).qui quaerit alia his, malum videtur quaerere,
other than, Plaut. Poen. prol. 22:quod est aliud melle,
Varr. R. R. 3, 16: nec quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse, nothing else but, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2:neve putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 20:alius Lysippo,
id. ib. 2, 1, 240:accusator alius Sejano,
Phaedr. 3, prol. 41.—With praeter:(ε).nec nobis praeter me alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 249:nec quidquam aliud est philosophia praeter studium sapientiae,
Cic. Off. 2, 2, 5:non est alius praeter eum,
Vulg. Marc. 12, 32:rogavit numquid aliud ferret praeter arcam?
Cic. de Or. 2, 69:Num quid igitur aliud in illis judiciis versatum est praeter hasce insidias?
id. Clu. 62:nec jam tela alia habebant praeter gladios,
Liv. 38, 21, 5.—With extra (eccl. Lat.):(ζ).neque est alius extra te,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 2. 2; ib. Soph. 2, 15.—With absque (eccl. Lat.):(η).non est alius Deus absque te,
Vulg. 1 Par. 17, 20.—With praeterquam:II.cum aliud, praeterquam de quo retulissent, decemviri dicere prohiberent,
Liv. 3, 40.Esp.A.In distributive-clauses repeated even several times, and also interchanged with non nulli, quidam, ceteri, pars, partim, etc., the one... the other; plur., some... others:B.quid potes dicere cur alia defendas, alia non cures?
Cic. Phil. 2, 111:latera tegentes alios, alios praegredientes amicos,
id. ib. 13, 4: cum alii fossas complerent, alii defensores vallo depellerent, Caes. B. G. 3, 25; id. B. C. 1, 55:alii experimentorum notitiam necessariam esse contendunt, alii non satis potentem usum esse proponunt, Cels. prooem.: quae minus tuta erant, alia fossis, alia vallis, alia turribus muniebat,
Liv. 32, 5; so Vulg. Matt. 13, 5 sqq.; ib. 1 Cor. 12, 10; Cels. 3, 3, enumerating the different kinds of fever, repeats aliae seventeen times:cum aliis Q. Frater legatus, aliis C. Pomptinus legatus, reliquis M. Anneius legatus etc.,
Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 8:proferebant alii purpuram, tus alii, gemmas alii, vina non nulli Graeca,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 56, § 146: alias bestias nantes, alias volucres, serpentes quasdam, quasdam esse gradientes; earum ipsarum partim solivagas, partim congregatas;immanes alias, quasdam autem cicures, non nullas abditas,
id. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:principes partim interfecerant, alios in exsilium ejecerant,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 4:nos alii ibimus Afros, pars Scythiam veniemus,
Verg. E. 1, 65:alii superstantes proeliarentur, pars occulti muros subruerent,
Tac. H. 4, 23.—Sometimes alius is omitted in one clause:Helvetii ea spe dejecti navibus junctis, alii vadis Rhodani, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 8:Veientes ignari in partem praedae suae vocatos deos, alios votis ex urbe sua evocatos, etc.,
Liv. 5, 21; Plin. 2, 43, 44, § 114:castra metari placuit, ut opus et alii proelium inciperent,
Tac. A. 1, 63.—Also with aliquis:alia sunt tamquam sibi nata, ut oculi, ut aures: aliqua etiam ceterorum membrorum usum adjuvant,
Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 63: [putat aliquis esse voluptatem bonum;alius autem pecuniam],
id. Tusc. 5, 28, 60 B. and K.; cf. Goer. ad Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 20.—Sometimes aliud... aliud designate merely a distinction between two objects contrasted, one thing... another:Numquam aliud natura, aliud sapientia dicit,
Juv. 14, 321:Fuit tempus, quo alia adversa, alia secunda principi,
Plin. Pan. 72:aliud est male dicere, aliud accusare,
Cic. Cael. 3; id. Lig. 16; Quint. 10, 1, 53:aliud est servum esse, aliud servire,
id. 5, 10, 60 al.:jam sciunt longe aliud esse virgines rapere, aliud pugnare cum viris,
Liv. 1, 12; cf. infra, e.—Alius repeated in another case, or with its derivatives, aliter, alias, alio, alibi, aliunde, etc. (but never with its derivatives in Tac.), in imitation of the Greek (cf. L. and S. s. v. allos, and Ochsn. Eclog. 110): simul alis alid aliunde rumitant inter se, Naev. ap. Fest. pp. 135 and 225; cf.C.Bothe, Fragm. Comic. p. 25: alius alium percontamur, cuja est navis?
one another, Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 46:fallacia alia aliam trudit,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 40:fecerunt alii quidem alia quam multa,
Cic. Phil. 3, 20, 6:signa et ornamenta alia alio in loco intuebantur,
some in one place and some in another, id. Verr. 2. 1, 22:alius in alia est re magis utilis,
id. Sex. Rosc. 111:alius ex alia parte,
id. Verr. 1, 66:dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna felicis operum,
Verg. G. 1, 276:ut ipsi inter se alii aliis prodesse possent,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 1, 12, 33:ideo multa conjecta sunt, aliud alio tempore,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7:habes Sardos venales, alium alio nequiorem,
one worse than another, id. Fam. 7, 24: quo facto cum alius alii subsidium ferrent, one to another, Fr., l'un al'autre,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26 Herz.:legiones aliae alia in parte resistunt,
id. ib. 2, 22:alius alia causa illata,
id. ib. 1, 39:cum ceteros alii alium alia de causa improbarent,
Suet. Vesp. 6:alius alii subsidium ferunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:alius alio more viventes,
each in a different way, Sall. C. 6, 2:alius alii tanti facinoris conscii,
id. ib. 22, 2; so id. ib. 52, 28; id. J. 53, 8; Curt. 10, 5, 16; Just. 15, 2:alii autem aliud clamabant,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32:illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus sentiunt,
now this, now that, Cic. de Or. 2, 7 fin.:aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
id. ib. 2, 19; Vulg. 3 Reg. 22, 20:equites alii alia dilapsi sunt,
some in this way, some in that, Liv. 44, 43:cum alii alio mitterentur,
id. 7, 39: Alis alibi stantes, omnes tamen adversis volneribus conciderunt, Sall. ap. Charis. 2, p. 133:jussit alios alibi fodere,
Liv. 44, 33; Vulg. Sap. 18, 18.—Alius ex alio, super alium, post alium, one after another; so often of the connection between ideas:D.ut aliud ex alio incidit, occurrit, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:aliud ex alio succurrit mihi,
Cic. Fragm. C. 12:alid ex alio reficit natura,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 1305; 5, 1456: sed, [p. 91] ut aliud ex alio, mihi non est dubium, quin, etc., Cic. Att. 16, 14, Plin. Pan. 18, 1:ex alio in aliud vicissitudo atque mutatio,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69:alias ex aliis nectendo moras,
Liv. 7, 39:aliam ex alia prolem,
Verg. G. 3, 65; id. Cir. 364:nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur,
id. A. 3, 494:quae impie per biennium alia super alia es ausus,
Liv. 3, 56; 23, 36:aliud super aliud scelus,
id. 30, 26; Plin. Ep. 7, 8; Suet. Ner. 49:deinde ab eo magistratu alium post alium sibi peperit,
Sall. J. 63, 5.—Alius atque alius or alius aliusque, the one and the other; now this, now that; different:E.eadem res saepe aut probatur aut reicitur, alio atque alio elata verbo,
Cic. Or. 22, 72:alio atque alio loco requiescere,
in different places, Sall. J. 72, 2:inchoata res aliis atque aliis de causis dilata erat,
Liv. 8, 23:aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2:cum alia atque alia appetendo loca munirent,
Liv. 1, 8:milites trans flumen aliis atque aliis locis traiciebant,
id. 2, 2:luna alio atque alio loco exoritur,
Plin. 2, 10:febres aliae aliaeque subinde oriuntur,
Cels. 3, 3:cancer aliis aliisque signis discernitur,
id. 5, 26:aliis atque aliis causis,
Suet. Aug. 97.—In Sall. also alius deinde alius or alius post alius:saepe tentantes agros alia deinde alia loca petiverant, J. 18, 7: alias deinde alias morae causas facere,
id. ib. 36, 2:aliis post aliis minitari,
id. ib. 55, 8.—Of another kind or nature, i. e. different; hence, alium facere, to make different, to change, transform; and alium fleri, to become different, to be wholly changed:F.nunc haec dies aliam vitam affert, alios mores postulat,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 18 (aliam vitam pro diversam, contrariam, Don.):alium nunc censes esse me atque olim cum dabam,
id. ib. 3, 3, 13:Huic aliud mercedis erit,
Verg. E. 6, 26:longe alia mihi mens est,
Sall. C. 52, 2:Vos aliam potatis aquam,
Juv. 5, 52:lectus non alius cuiquam,
id. 8, 178:ensesque recondit mors alia,
Stat. Th. 7, 806:ostensus est in alia effigie,
Vulg. Marc. 16, 12; ib. Rom. 7, 23; ib. Gal. 1, 6; ib. Jac. 2, 25:alium fecisti me, alius ad te veneram,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 123: alius nunc fieri volo, id. Poen. prol. fin.:homines alii facti sunt,
Cic. Fam. 11, 12:mutaberis in virum alium,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 10, 6; cf. supra, II. A. fin. —Hence, in alia omnia ire, transire, or discedere, sc. vota, to differ from the thing proposed; and in gen., to reject or oppose it, to go over to the opposite side: qui hoc censetis, illuc transite;qui alia omnia, in hanc partem: his verbis praeit ominis videlicet causa, ne dicat: qui non censetis,
Fest. p. 221; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 19:frequens eum senatus reliquit et in alia omnia discessit,
Cic. Fam. 10, 12:de tribus legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia,
id. ib. 1, 2 Manut.: cum prima M. Marcelli sententia pronunciata esset, frequens senatus in alia omnia iit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:discessionem faciente Marcello, senatus frequens in alia omnia transiit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53: aliud or alias res agere, v. ago, II. 7.—Of that which remains of a whole, = reliquus, ceteri, the rest, the remainder:G.Divitiaco ex aliis Gallis maximam fidem habebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 41:inter primos atrox proelium fuit, alia multitudo terga vertit,
Liv. 7, 26:vulgus aliud trucidatum,
id. 7, 19; 2, 23; so id. 24, 1:legiones in testudinem glomerabantur et alii tela incutiebant,
Tac. H. 3, 31; id. A. 1, 30; 3, 42:cum alios incessus hostis clausisset, unum reliquum aestas impediret,
id. ib. 6, 33 al.—Like alter, one of two, the other of two:H.huic fuerunt filii nati duo, alium servus surpuit, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 8; cf. id. ib. arg. 2 and 9: eis genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere;magnitudo animi par, item gloria, sed alia alii,
Sall. C. 54, 1 Kritz:duo Romani super alium alius corruerunt,
one upon the other, Liv. 1, 25, 5:ita duo deinceps reges, alius alia via, civitatem auxerunt,
each in a different way, id. 1, 21, 6; 24, 27:marique alio Nicopolim ingressus,
Tac. A. 5, 10 ( Ionio, Halm); so,alias partes fovere,
the other side, id. H. 1, 8.—Also in the enumeration of the parts of any thing:Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam Celtae,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1 Herz.:classium item duo genera sunt: unum liburnarum, aliud lusoriarum,
Veg. 2, 1 (cf. in Gr. meinantes de tautên tên hêmeran, têi allêi eporeuonto, Xen. Anab. 3, 4, 1; and so the Vulg.: Alia die profecti, the next day, Act. 21, 8).—Hence, alius with a proper name used as an appell. (cf. alter):ne quis alius Ariovistus regno Galliarum potiretur,
a second Ariovistus, Tac. H. 4, 73 fin.:alius Nero,
Suet. Tit. 7.—A peculiar enhancement of the idea is produced by alius with a neg. and the comp.:A.mulier, qua mulier alia nulla est pulchrior,
than whom no other woman is more beautiful, to whom no other woman is equal in beauty, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 100:facinus, quo non fortius ausit alis,
Cat. 66, 28:Fama malum qua non aliud velocius ullum,
Verg. A. 4, 174:quo neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est,
Sall. J. 2, 4:quo non aliud atrocius visum,
Tac. A. 6, 24:(Sulla) neque consilio neque manu priorem alium pati,
Sall. J. 96, 3:neque majus aliud neque praestabilius invenias,
id. ib. 1, 2; Liv. 1, 24:non alia ante Romana pugna atrocior fuit,
id. 1, 27; 2, 31; Tac. A. 6, 7 al.; cf. under aliter, 2. b. z.—Hence the advv.ălĭō, adv. (an old dat. form, designating direction to a place; cf.: eo, quo), elsewhither (arch.), elsewhere, to another place, person, or thing, allose (class., esp. among poets; but not found in Lucr. or Juv.).1.In gen.a.Of place:b.fortasse tu profectus alio fueras,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 49:ut ab Norba alio traducerentur,
Liv. 32, 2:translatos alio maerebis amores,
Hor. Epod. 15, 23:decurrens alio,
id. S. 2, 1, 32:nam frustra vitium vitaveris illud, Si te alio pravum detorseris,
id. ib. 2, 2, 55.—With quo:Arpinumne mihi eundum sit, an quo alio,
to some other place, Cic. Att. 9, 17:si quando Romam aliove quo mitterent legatos,
Liv. 38, 30. —Of persons or things (cf. alias, alibi, alicunde, etc.):c.illi suum animum alio conferunt,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 10 (cf. Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62:ne ad illam me animum adjecisse sentiat): ne quando iratus tu alio conferas,
id. Eun. 3, 1, 60 Don.:hi narrata ferunt alio,
Ov. M. 12, 57: tamen vocat me alio ( to another subject) jam dudum tacita vestra exspectatio, Cic. Clu. 23, 63; id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139:sed, si placet, sermonem alio transferamus,
id. de Or. 1, 29, 133:quoniam alio properare tempus monet,
Sall. J. 19, 2; so Tac. A. 1, 18 al.—Of purpose or design:2.appellet haec desideria naturae: cupiditatis nomen servet alio,
for another purpose, Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 27:hoc longe alio spectabat,
looked quite elsewhere, had a far different design, Nep. Them. 6, 3.—a.. Alio... alio, in one way... in another; hither... thither, = huc... illuc:b.hic (i. e. in ea re) alio res familiaris, alio ducit humanitas,
Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89: alio atque alio, in one way and another:nihil alio atque alio spargitur,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 11, 2.—Alius alio, each in a different way, one in one way, another in another:c.et ceteri quidem alius alio,
Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80:aliud alio dissipavit,
id. Div. 1, 34, 76; so Liv. 2, 54, 9; 7, 39.—So, aliunde alio, from one place to another:quassatione terrae aliunde alio (aquae) transferuntur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 11, 1; cf. aliunde.—Like alius or aliter with a negative and the particles of comparison quam or atque;B.in questions with nisi: plebem nusquam alio natam quam ad serviendum,
for nothing but, Liv. 7, 18, 7: non alio datam summam quam in emptionem, etc., * Suet. Aug. 98 Ruhnk.:quo alio nisi ad nos confugerent?
Liv. 39, 36, 11; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 232-234.—ălĭā, adv. (sc. via), in another way, in a different manner (in the whole ante-class. and class. per. dub.); for in Plaut. Rud. prol. 10, aliuta has been proposed; in Lucr. 6, 986, Lachm. reads alio; in Liv. 21, 56, 2, Weissenb. alibi; and in id. 44, 43, 2, via may be supplied from the preced. context; certain only in Don. ad Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 5; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 219.—C.ălĭās, adv. (acc. to Prisc. 1014 P., and Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 769, an acc. form like foras; but acc. to Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 57, and Hab. Syn. 79, old gen. like paterfamili as, Alcmen as, etc. In the ante-class. per. rare; only once in Plaut., twice in Ter., twice in Varro; in the class. per. most freq. in Cic., but only three times in his orations; also in Plin.).1.Of time, at a time other than the present, whether it be in the past or (more freq.) in the future.a.At another time, at other times, on another occasion (alias: temporis adverbium, quod Graeci allote, aliter allôs, Capitol. Orth. 2242 P.; cf.b.Herz. and Hab., as cited above): alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 4; so id. And. 3, 2, 49 (alias = alio tempore, Don.):sed alias jocabimur,
Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:sed plura scribemus alias,
id. ib. 7, 6:et alias et in consulatus petitione vinci,
id. Planc. 18:nil oriturum alias,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 17.—In the future, freq. in contrast with nunc, in praesentia, tum, hactenus:recte secusne, alias viderimus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 135:Hactenus haec: alias justum sit necne poema, Nunc, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 63: sed haec alias pluribus;nunc, etc.,
Cic. Div. 2, 2 fin.; Liv. 44, 36 fin.: quare placeat, alias ostendemus; in praesentia, etc., Auct. ad Her. 3, 16, 28.—In the past:gubernatores alias imperare soliti, tum metu mortis jussa exsequebantur,
Curt. 4, 3, 18:alias bellare inter se solitos, tunc periculi societas junxerat,
id. 9, 4, 15.—Freq. with advv. of time;as numquam, umquam, and the like: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, aut etiam si numquam alias fuimus, tum profecto, etc.,
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 2:consilio numquam alias dato,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 45:numquam ante alias,
Liv. 2, 22, 7:non umquam alias ante tantus terror senatum invasit,
id. 2, 9, 5; 1, 28, 4:si quando umquam ante alias,
id. 32, 5 (where the four advv. of time are to be taken together):Saturnalibus et si quando alias libuisset, modo munera dividebat,
Suet. Aug. 75.—Alias... alias, as in Gr. allote... allote; allote men... allote de, at one time... at another; once... another time; sometimes... sometimes; now... now:c.Alias me poscit pro illa triginta minas, Alias talentum magnum,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 63; so Varr. L. L. 8, § 76 Mull.; id. R. R. 2, 1, 15; Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 120:nec potest quisquam alias beatus esse, alias miser,
id. Fin. 2, 27, 87:contentius alias, alias summissius,
id. de Or. 3, 55, 212:cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 29; so id. ib. 5, 57 al.; it occurs four times in successive clauses in Cic. Inv. 1, 52, 99.—Sometimes plerumque, saepe, aliquando, interdum stand in corresponding clauses:nec umquam sine usura reddit (terra), quod accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque majore cum foenore,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:geminatio verborum habet interdum vim, leporem alias,
id. de Or. 3, 54, 206:hoc alias fastidio, alias contumacia, saepius imbecillitate, evenit,
Plin. 16, 32, 58, § 134; 7, 15, 13, § 63.—Sometimes one alias is omitted:illi eruptione tentata alias cuniculis ad aggerem actis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 3, 21; Plin. 26, 3, 7, § 13.—Alias aliter, alias alius, etc. (cf. alius), at one time in one way... at another in another; now so... now otherwise; now this... now that:d.et alias aliter haec in utramque partem causae solent convenire,
Cic. Inv. 2, 13, 45:alii enim sunt, alias nostrique familiares fere demortui,
id. Att. 16, 11 (Madv. interprets this of time):illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus judicant,
id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Or. 59, 200:(deos) non semper eosdem atque alias alios solemus venerari,
id. Red. in Sen. 30:ut iidem versus alias in aliam rem posse accommodari viderentur,
id. Div. 2, 54, 111.—Saepe alias or alias saepe... nunc, nuper, quondam, etc.;e.also: cum saepe alias... tum, etc. (very common in Cic.): quod cum saepe alias tum nuper, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 7:fecimus et alias saepe et nuper in Tusculano,
id. ib. 5, 4, 11:quibus de rebus et alias saepe... et quondam in Hortensii villa,
id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:quorum pater et saepe alias et maxime censor saluti rei publicae fuit,
id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:cum saepe alias, tum apud centumviros,
id. Brut. 39, 144:cum saepe alias, tum Pyrrhi bello,
id. Off. 3, 22, 86; 3, 11, 47:neque tum solum, sed saepe alias,
Nep. Hann. 11, 7.—In comparative sentences rare:nunc tamen libentius quam saepe alias,
Symm. Ep. 1, 90.—So,Semper alias, always at other times or in other cases (apparently only post-Aug.): et super cenam autem et semper alias communissimus, multa joco transigebat. Suet. Vesp. 22; id. Tib. 18; Gell. 15, 1.—f.Raro alias, rarely at other times, on other occasions:g.ut raro alias quisquam tanto favore est auditus,
Liv. 45, 20; 3, 69; Tac. H. 1, 89.—Non alias, at no other time, never, = numquam (a choice poet. expression, often imitated by [p. 92] the histt.):2.non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura,
never at any other time did so much lightning fall from a clear sky, Verg. G. 1, 487:non alias militi familiarior dux fuit,
Liv. 7, 33; 45, 7:non alias majore mole concursum,
Tac. A. 2, 46; 4. 69;11, 31: non sane alias exercitatior Britannia fuit,
id. Agr. 5:haud alias intentior populus plus vocis permisit,
id. A. 3, 11, and 15, 46; Suet. Tit. 8; Flor. 3, 6.—Of place, at another place, elsewhere; or in respect of other things, in other circumstances, otherwise (only post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7):3.Idaeus rubus appellatus est, quoniam in Ida, non alias, nascitur,
Plin. 24, 14, 75, § 123 (Jan, alius): nusquam alias tam torrens fretum, * Just. 4, 1, 9:sicut vir alias doctissimus Cornutus existimat,
Macr. S. 5, 19.—Alias for alioqui (only post-Aug.), to indicate that something is in a different condition in one instance, not in others, except that, for the rest, otherwise:4.in Silaro non virgulta modo immersa, verum et folia lapidescunt, alias salubri potu ejus aquae,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224; so id. 18, 6, 7, § 37; 19, 8, 48, § 163; 25, 2, 6, § 16 al.—Non alias quam, for no other reason, on no other condition, in no other circumstances than, not other than; and non alias nisi, on no other condition, not otherwise, except (prob. taken from the lang. of common life):5.non alias magis indoluisse Caesarem ferunt quam quod, etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 73:debilitatum vulnere jacuisse non alias quam simulatione mortis tutiorem,
by nothing safer than by feigning death, Curt. 8, 1, 24; 8, 14, 16; Dig. 29, 7, 6, § 2: non alias ( on no other condition) existet heres ex substitutione nisi, etc., ib. 28, 6, 8; 23, 3, 37, 23, 3, 29.—Alias like aliter, in another manner; flrst in the Lat. of the jurists (cf. Suet. Tib. 71 Oud.; Liv. 21, 56, 2 Drak.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 49 Ruhnk.), Dig. 33, 8, 8, § 8; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 219-227. —D. 1.With comparative-clause expressed; constr. both affirm. and neg. without distinction.a.With atque, ac, quam, and rarely ut, otherwise than, different from what, etc., Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23:b.sed aliter atque ostenderam facio,
Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 4; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 6:aliter ac nos vellemus,
Cic. Mil. 9, 23:de quo tu aliter sentias atque ego,
id. Fin. 4, 22, 60; id. Att. 6, 3:si aliter nos faciant quam aequum est,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 42:si aliter quippiam coacti faciant quam libere,
Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 29; id. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 24; id. Inv. 2, 22, 66:Sed si aliter ut dixi accidisset, qui possem queri?
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—Non (or haud) aliter, not otherwise (per litoten), = just as; with quam si, ac si, quam cum, quam, exactly, just as if:* c.Non aliter quam si ruat omnis Karthago,
Verg. A. 4, 669:dividor haud aliter quam si mea membra relinquam,
Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 73:nihil in senatu actum aliter quam si, etc.,
Liv. 23, 4; 21, 63, 9:illi negabant se aliter ituros quam si, etc.,
id. 3, 51, 12:nec aliter quam si mihi tradatur, etc., Quint. prooem. 5: ut non aliter ratio constet quam si uni reddatur,
Tac. A. 1, 6; 1, 49:Non aliter quam si fecisset Juno maritum Insanum,
Juv. 6, 619; Suet. Aug. 40:non aliter quam cum, etc.,
Ov. F. 2, 209; so id. M. 2, 623; 4, 348; 6, 516 al.:nec scripsi aliter ac si, etc.,
Cic. Att. 13, 51; Suet. Oth. 6; Col. 2, 14 (15), 8:Non aliter quam qui lembum subigit,
Verg. G. 1, 201:non aliter praeformidat quam qui ferrum medici, priusquam curetur, aspexit,
Quint. 4, 5, 5; so id. 4, 5, 22; 2, 5, 11:neque aliter quam ii, qui traduntur, etc.,
id. 5, 8, 1:patere inde aliquid decrescere, non aliter quam Institor hibernae tegetis,
Juv. 7, 220:successorem non aliter quam indicium mortis accepturum,
Tac. A. 6, 30.—Aliter ab aliquo (analog. to alius with the abl., and alienus with ab), differently from any one:d.cultores regionum multo aliter a ceteris agunt,
Mel. 1, 9, 6.—Non ali ter nisi, by no other means, on no other condition, not otherwise, except:e.qui aliter obsistere fato fatetur se non potuisse, nisi etc.,
Cic. Fat. 20, 48; id. Fam. 1, 9: non pati C. Caesarem consulem aliter fieri, nisi exercitum et provincias tradiderit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14; so Lentulus ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 18; Liv. 35, 39; 45, 11; 38; Tac. Or. 32; Just. 12, 14, 7; Suet. Ner. 36; Dig. 37, 9, 6; 48, 18, 9. —Non aliter quam ut, on no other condition than that:2.neque aliter poterit palos, ad quos perducitur, pertingere, quam ut diffluat,
Col. Arb. 7, 5; so Suet. Tib. 15; 24; id. Galb. 8; Curt. 9, 5, 23.—Without a comparative clause expressed.a.In gen., otherwise, in another manner, in other respects; and in the poets: haud aliter (per litoten), just so:b.vale atque salve, etsi aliter ut dicam meres,
though you deserve that I speak differently, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 86 Brix:tu si aliter existimes, nihil errabis,
Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 16:ut eadem ab utrisque dicantur, aliter dicuntur,
in a different sense, Plin. Pan. 72, 7:Si quis aliter docet,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 6, 3:quae aliter se habent,
ib. ib. 5, 25:Quippe aliter tunc vivebant homines,
Juv. 6, 11: quod uterque nostrum his etiam ex studiis notus, quibus aliter ignotus est, otherwise, i. e. personally, unknown, Plin. Ep. 9, 23, 3.—With negatives:non fuit faciendum aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 9; Tac. A. 15, 68:Ergo non aliter poterit dormire?
Juv. 3, 281:aliter haud facile eos ad tantum negotium impelli posse,
Sall. C. 44, 1; Curt. 8, 10, 27:haud aliter Rutulo muros et castra tuenti Ignescunt irae (the comparison of the wolf precedes),
Verg. A. 9, 65:haud aliter (i. e. like a wild beast) juvenis medios moriturus in hostes Irruit,
id. ib. 9, 554 al.; Ov. M. 8, 473; 9, 642:non aliter (i. e. than I) Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,
Hor. Epod. 14, 10:neque Mordaces aliter (i. e. than by means of wine) diffugiunt sollicitudines,
id. C. 1, 18, 4:neque exercitum Romanum aliter transmissurum,
Tac. H. 5, 19:nec aliter expiari potest,
Vulg. Num. 35, 33. —So, fieri aliter non potest or fieri non potest aliter (not fieri non aliter potest): nihil agis;Fieri aliter non potest,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 13: assentior;fieri non potuit aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 6.—Esp.(α).Pregn., otherwise, in the contrary manner: Pe. Servos Epidicus dixit mihi. Ph. Quid si servo aliter visum est? i. e. if he does not speak the truth? Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 29:(β).verum aliter evenire multo intellegit,
Ter. And. prol. 4 (aliter autem contra significat, Don.):amplis cornibus et nigris potius quam aliter,
Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 1: ne aliter quid eveniat, providere de cet, otherwise than harmoniously, Sall. J. 10, 7:dis aliter visum,
Verg. A. 2, 428:sin aliter tibi videtur,
Vulg. Num. 11, 15: adversi... saevaque circuitu curvantem bracchia longo Scorpion atque aliter ( in the opposite direction) curvantem bracchia Cancrum, Ov. M. 2, 83: aliterque ( and in the opposite course) secante jam pelagus rostro, Luc. 8, 197.—Hence, qui aliter fecerit, who will not do that:neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat, neve cum populo agat: qui aliter fecerit, etc.,
Sall. C. 51, 43; Just. 6, 6, 1; cf. Brisson. de Form. p. 200, and de Verb. Signif. p. 66.—Aliter esse, to be of a different nature, differently constituted or disposed:(γ).sed longe aliter est amicus atque amator,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 70: ego hunc esse aliter credidi: iste me fefellit;ego isti nihilo sum aliter ac fui,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 44; id. Ad. 3, 4, 46; Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—For alioqui (q. v. II. C.), otherwise, else, in any other case:(δ).jus enim semper est quaesitum aequabile: neque enim aliter esset jus (and just after: nam aliter justitia non esset),
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 42; 1, 39, 139; id. Lael. 20, 74:si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, aliter illos numquam in patriam essent recepturi,
Nep. Them. 7 fin.:aliter sine populi jussu nulli earum rerum consuli jus est,
Sall. C. 29, 3 Kritz:aliter non viribus ullis Vincere poteris,
Verg. A. 6, 147:veniam ostentantes, si praesentia sequerentur: aliter nihil spei,
Tac. H. 4, 59:quoniam aliter non possem,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21.—Like alius (q. v. II. A.) repeated even several times in a distributive manner, in one way... in another: sed aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; so id. ib. 1, 12, 38; id. Lael. 24, 89; id. Fam. 15, 21, 6:(ε).aliter utimur propriis, aliter commodatis,
Tac. Or. 32:Aliter catuli longe olent, aliter sues,
Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 9:aliter Diodoro, aliter Philoni, Chrysippo aliter placet,
id. Ac. 2, 47, 143:idem illud aliter Caesar, aliter Cicero, aliter Cato suadere debebit,
Quint. 3, 8, 49: Et aliter acutis morbis medendum, aliter vetustis; aliter increscentibus, aliter subsistentibus, aliter jam ad sanitatem inclinatis, Cels. prooem. p. 10.—With alius or its derivatives, one in one way, another in another (v. alius, II. B.):(ζ).quoniam aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 79; id. Att. 7, 8; Liv. 2, 21; so id. 39, 53:hoc ex locorum occasione aliter alibi decernitur,
Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; so id. 25, 4, 10, § 29.—Non aliter, analog. to non alius (v. alius, II. H.) with a comp. (only in Plin.):non aliter utilius id fieri putare quam, etc.,
Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 28:idque non aliter clarius intellegi potest,
id. 37, 4, 15, § 59; so id. 22, 22, 36, § 78; 24, 11, 50, § 85; 28, 9, 41, § 148; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 267-276. -
54 alius
1.Ālĭus (better Ālĕus), a, um, adj., = Elius (v. Alis and Elis), Elian; subst., a native of Elis, a town in Achaia (only a few times in Plaut. Capt.):2.postquam belligerant Aetoli cum Aleis,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 24; 27; 2, 2, 30.ălĭus, a, ud, adj. and subst. (old form, alis, alid, after the analogy of quis, quid:I.alis rare,
Cat. 66, 28; Sall. ap. Charis, 2, p. 133; Inscr. Orell. 2488:alid more freq.,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 257; 5, 1305; 5, 1456; Cat. 29, 15; cf. Prisc. 13, p. 959.— Gen. sing. masc.: alius, rare, and not used by Tac.; for which alterius is com. used (v. alter); also alii, Cato and Licin. ap. Prisc. 194 P.; Varr. R. R. 1, 2.— Fem. gen.:aliae,
Lucr. 3, 918; Cic. Div. 2, 13, 30; Liv. 24, 27, 8; Gell. 2, 28, 1; Capito ap. Gell. 4, 10, 8.— Masc. dat.:ali,
Lucr. 6, 1226:alio,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 13. — Fem. dat.:aliae,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 207; Gell. 9, 4, 8) [cf. allos; Osc. allo ( nom. sing. fem.); Goth. alis; Erse, aile; O. H. Germ. alles, elles ( conj.); Engl. else], another, [p. 90] other (i. e. of many, whereas alter is one of two, v. exceptt. under II. G.); freq. with the indef. pronn. aliquis, quis, aliqui, qui, quidam, and the interrog. quis, qui, etc.A.. In gen.:► Instances of the rare gen.eorum sectam sequuntur multi mortales... multi alii ex Troja strenui viri,
Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 16:alios multos,
Vulg. Matt. 15, 30; ib. Marc. 7, 4:plures alios,
ib. ib. 12, 5:cum aliis pluribus,
ib. Act. 15, 35:an ita dissolvit, ut omnes alii dissolverunt?
Cic. Font. 1; Tac. H. 5, 5:dum aliud aliquid flagiti conficiat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:nec nobis praeter med alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 244:nec quisquam alius affuit,
id. ib. 1, 1, 269:panem vel aliud quidquam,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 3, 35. utrum hanc actionem habebis an aliam quampiam; Cic. Caecin. 37:quidquid aliud dare,
Vulg. Lev. 22, 25:ALIS NE POTESTO,
Inscr. Orell. 2488:datum Mi esse ab dis aliis,
Plaut. Am. prol. 12:adulescentulo in alio occupato amore,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:aut aliae cujus desiderium insideat rei,
Lucr. 3, 918:ne quam aliam quaerat copiam,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 54:nisi quid pater ait aliud,
id. And. 5, 4, 47:si verum est, Q. Fabium Labeonem seu quem alium arbitrum a senatu datum, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:quodcumque alid auget,
Lucr. 5, 257:Est alius quidam, parasitaster paululus,
Ter. Ad. 5. 2, 4; so Vulg. Luc. 22, 59:tuo (judicio) stabis, si aliud quoddam est tuum,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:L. Aemilius alius vir erat,
Liv. 44, 18:Genus ecce aliud discriminis audi,
Juv. 12, 24:alius, ne condemnaretur, pecuniam dedit,
Cic. Verr. 5, 117; Tac. Agr. 39:nemo alius,
Cic. Pis. 94; Vulg. Joan. 15, 24:alius nemo,
Cic. Quinct. 76:plus alimenti est in pane quam in ullo alio,
Cels. 2, 18:aliud esse causae suspicamur,
Cic. Fl. 39:Anne aliud tunc praefecti?
Juv. 4, 78:estne viris reliqui aliud,
Sall. Fragm. 187, 19:aliud auxilii,
Tac. A. 5, 8:aliud subsidii,
id. ib. 12, 46:alia honorum,
id. ib. 1, 9:alia sumptuum,
id. ib. 15, 15:sunt alia quae magis timeam,
Cic. Phil. 5, 29: Facete is quidem, sicut alia, many other things, id. Fin. 1, 3, 7 Madv.:haec aliaque,
Tac. H. 3, 51 al. —Hence, alio die, t. t. of the soothsayer, when he wished the Comitia postponed to another day, on the pretence of unfavorable omens: quid gravius quam rem susceptam dirimi, si unus augur alio die dixerit?
Cic. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Phil. 2, 33, 83 and 84 Wernsd. Perh. there is a reference to the same thing in Plaut. Poen. 2, 52: ita res divina mihi fuit: res serias omnes extollo ex hoc die in alium diem.—With aliquis, quisquam, or ullus implied (cf. aliqui, V. B., and aliquis, II. B.):ut, etiam si aliud melius fuit, tamen legatorum reditum exspectetis,
Cic. Phil. 6, 6:utar post alio, si invenero melius,
something else, id. Tusc. 1, 7, 14; so,si in aliud tempus differetur,
Caes. B C. 1, 86:an alium exspectamus?
Vulg. Matt. 11, 3; ib. Marc. 4, 36:siti magis quam alia re accenditur,
Sall. J. 89, 5:neque sex legiones alia de causa missas in Hispaniam,
Caes. B. C. 1, 85:neque creatura alia poterit nos separare,
Vulg. Rom. 8, 39.alius:B.alius generis bestiae,
Cic. N. D. 2, 48, 123; Varr. L. L. 9, 40, 67 dub.:alius ingenii,
Liv. 1, 56, 7 Madv. by conj.:alius ordinis,
Amm. 30, 5, 10:artificis aliusve,
Front. Controv. Agr. 2, 40, 27:alius coloris,
Non. p. 450:nomine vel ejus pro quo... aut alius qui, etc.,
Dig. 39, 2, 24, § 6; v. aliusmodi.—In comparisons, with atque, ac, or et, more rarely with nisi and quam; with the latter, in good class. authors, only when preceded by a neg. clause, or by an interrog. implying a neg.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; instead of quam, the comp. abl. or praeter, and similar words, sometimes appear, other than, different from, etc.(α).With atque, ac, or et:(β).illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35:alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13:potest non solum aliud mihi ac tibi, sed mihi ipsi aliud alias videri,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:longe alia nobis ac tu scripseras nuntiantur,
id. Att. 11, 10:res alio modo est ac putatur,
id. Inv. 2, 6, 21 B. and K.:qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum gerere coeperunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:non alius essem atque nunc sum,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9:longe aliam esse navigationem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano perspiciebant,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9: aliud (se) esse facturum ac pronunciasset, Nep. Ages. 3, 4:alia atque antea sentiret,
id. Hann. 2, 2:lux longe alia est solis et lychnorum,
is very different, Cic. Cael. 28.—With nisi or quam (the latter is suspicious in Cic.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 252; Orell. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75):(γ).amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames,
nothing else than, only, Cic. Lael. 27, 100:neque ulla fuit causa intermissionis epistularum nisi quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 7, 13:erat historia nihil aliud nisi annalium confectio,
id. de Or. 2, 12:Quid est aliud tumultus nisi perturbatio tanta, ut, etc.?
id. Phil. 8, 3:nihil aliud agerem, nisi eum, qui accusatus esset, defenderem,
id. Sull. 12; id. Att. 5, 10:quid est aliud Gigantum modo bellare cum dis nisi naturae repugnare?
id. Sen. 2, 5; id. Sex. Rosc. 19, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 13; id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:pinaster nihil aliud est quam pinus silvestris,
Plin. 16, 10; Nep. Arist. 2, 2; id. Paus. 1, 4:Lysander nihil aliud molitus est quam ut omnes civitates in sua teneret potestate,
id. Lys. 1, 4:neque aliud huic defuit quam generosa stirps,
id. Eum. 1, 2:Nullo quippe alio vincis discrimine quam quod Illi marmoreum caput est, etc.,
Juv. 8, 54.—Hence, nihil aliud nisi or quam, = ouden allo ê, followed by finite verb, nothing else than, nothing but, only (after these words, fecit, factum est may be supplied, or the phraseology changed to nulla alia re facta; cf. Matth. Gr. 903; Hoogev. ad Vig. p. 475;Kuhn. Gr. Gr. II. p. 825): tribunatus P. Sestii nihil aliud nisi meum nomen causamque sustinuit,
Cic. Sest. 6, 13:ut nihil aliud nisi de hoste ac de laude cogitet,
id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; Liv. 2, 8:et hostes quidem nihil aliud (i. e. nulla alia re facta) quam perfusis vano timore Romanis citato agmine abeunt,
id. 2, 63; 31, 24:sed ab lictore nihil aliud quam prehendere prohibito, cum conversus in Patres impetus esset,
id. 2, 29:ut domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiaret,
Suet. Caes. 20:mox nihil aliud quam vectabatur et deambulabat,
id. Aug. 83.—So, quid aliud quam? what other thing than? what else than? quibus quid aliud quam admonemus cives nos eorum esse, Liv. 4, 3:quid aliud quam ad bellum vocabantur?
Flor. 3, 23 med.; so,Quid Tullius? Anne aliud quam sidus?
Juv. 7, 199.—In affirmative-clauses rare, and only post-Aug.:te alia omnia, quam quae velis, agere, moleste ferrem,
Plin. Ep. 7, 15, 2:quod alium quam se cooptassent,
Suet. Ner. 2 al. —So, with the simple interrogative, quis alius? quid aliud? Qui, malum, alii? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:Quid te aliud sollicitat?
id. ib. 1, 2, 82:Quid aliud tibi vis?
id. Heaut. 2, 3, 90:Numquid vis aliud?
id. Eun. 1, 2, 111:Sed quis nunc alius audet praeferre? etc.,
Juv. 12, 48:Quid enim est aliud Antonius?
Cic. Phil. 2, 70:Quid est aliud furere?
id. Pis. 47:Quid est alia sinistra liberalitas?
Cat. 29, 15 al. —With comp. abl. (cf. in Gr. alla tôn dikaiôn, Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25):(δ).qui quaerit alia his, malum videtur quaerere,
other than, Plaut. Poen. prol. 22:quod est aliud melle,
Varr. R. R. 3, 16: nec quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse, nothing else but, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2:neve putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 20:alius Lysippo,
id. ib. 2, 1, 240:accusator alius Sejano,
Phaedr. 3, prol. 41.—With praeter:(ε).nec nobis praeter me alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 249:nec quidquam aliud est philosophia praeter studium sapientiae,
Cic. Off. 2, 2, 5:non est alius praeter eum,
Vulg. Marc. 12, 32:rogavit numquid aliud ferret praeter arcam?
Cic. de Or. 2, 69:Num quid igitur aliud in illis judiciis versatum est praeter hasce insidias?
id. Clu. 62:nec jam tela alia habebant praeter gladios,
Liv. 38, 21, 5.—With extra (eccl. Lat.):(ζ).neque est alius extra te,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 2. 2; ib. Soph. 2, 15.—With absque (eccl. Lat.):(η).non est alius Deus absque te,
Vulg. 1 Par. 17, 20.—With praeterquam:II.cum aliud, praeterquam de quo retulissent, decemviri dicere prohiberent,
Liv. 3, 40.Esp.A.In distributive-clauses repeated even several times, and also interchanged with non nulli, quidam, ceteri, pars, partim, etc., the one... the other; plur., some... others:B.quid potes dicere cur alia defendas, alia non cures?
Cic. Phil. 2, 111:latera tegentes alios, alios praegredientes amicos,
id. ib. 13, 4: cum alii fossas complerent, alii defensores vallo depellerent, Caes. B. G. 3, 25; id. B. C. 1, 55:alii experimentorum notitiam necessariam esse contendunt, alii non satis potentem usum esse proponunt, Cels. prooem.: quae minus tuta erant, alia fossis, alia vallis, alia turribus muniebat,
Liv. 32, 5; so Vulg. Matt. 13, 5 sqq.; ib. 1 Cor. 12, 10; Cels. 3, 3, enumerating the different kinds of fever, repeats aliae seventeen times:cum aliis Q. Frater legatus, aliis C. Pomptinus legatus, reliquis M. Anneius legatus etc.,
Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 8:proferebant alii purpuram, tus alii, gemmas alii, vina non nulli Graeca,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 56, § 146: alias bestias nantes, alias volucres, serpentes quasdam, quasdam esse gradientes; earum ipsarum partim solivagas, partim congregatas;immanes alias, quasdam autem cicures, non nullas abditas,
id. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:principes partim interfecerant, alios in exsilium ejecerant,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 4:nos alii ibimus Afros, pars Scythiam veniemus,
Verg. E. 1, 65:alii superstantes proeliarentur, pars occulti muros subruerent,
Tac. H. 4, 23.—Sometimes alius is omitted in one clause:Helvetii ea spe dejecti navibus junctis, alii vadis Rhodani, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 8:Veientes ignari in partem praedae suae vocatos deos, alios votis ex urbe sua evocatos, etc.,
Liv. 5, 21; Plin. 2, 43, 44, § 114:castra metari placuit, ut opus et alii proelium inciperent,
Tac. A. 1, 63.—Also with aliquis:alia sunt tamquam sibi nata, ut oculi, ut aures: aliqua etiam ceterorum membrorum usum adjuvant,
Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 63: [putat aliquis esse voluptatem bonum;alius autem pecuniam],
id. Tusc. 5, 28, 60 B. and K.; cf. Goer. ad Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 20.—Sometimes aliud... aliud designate merely a distinction between two objects contrasted, one thing... another:Numquam aliud natura, aliud sapientia dicit,
Juv. 14, 321:Fuit tempus, quo alia adversa, alia secunda principi,
Plin. Pan. 72:aliud est male dicere, aliud accusare,
Cic. Cael. 3; id. Lig. 16; Quint. 10, 1, 53:aliud est servum esse, aliud servire,
id. 5, 10, 60 al.:jam sciunt longe aliud esse virgines rapere, aliud pugnare cum viris,
Liv. 1, 12; cf. infra, e.—Alius repeated in another case, or with its derivatives, aliter, alias, alio, alibi, aliunde, etc. (but never with its derivatives in Tac.), in imitation of the Greek (cf. L. and S. s. v. allos, and Ochsn. Eclog. 110): simul alis alid aliunde rumitant inter se, Naev. ap. Fest. pp. 135 and 225; cf.C.Bothe, Fragm. Comic. p. 25: alius alium percontamur, cuja est navis?
one another, Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 46:fallacia alia aliam trudit,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 40:fecerunt alii quidem alia quam multa,
Cic. Phil. 3, 20, 6:signa et ornamenta alia alio in loco intuebantur,
some in one place and some in another, id. Verr. 2. 1, 22:alius in alia est re magis utilis,
id. Sex. Rosc. 111:alius ex alia parte,
id. Verr. 1, 66:dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna felicis operum,
Verg. G. 1, 276:ut ipsi inter se alii aliis prodesse possent,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 1, 12, 33:ideo multa conjecta sunt, aliud alio tempore,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7:habes Sardos venales, alium alio nequiorem,
one worse than another, id. Fam. 7, 24: quo facto cum alius alii subsidium ferrent, one to another, Fr., l'un al'autre,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26 Herz.:legiones aliae alia in parte resistunt,
id. ib. 2, 22:alius alia causa illata,
id. ib. 1, 39:cum ceteros alii alium alia de causa improbarent,
Suet. Vesp. 6:alius alii subsidium ferunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:alius alio more viventes,
each in a different way, Sall. C. 6, 2:alius alii tanti facinoris conscii,
id. ib. 22, 2; so id. ib. 52, 28; id. J. 53, 8; Curt. 10, 5, 16; Just. 15, 2:alii autem aliud clamabant,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32:illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus sentiunt,
now this, now that, Cic. de Or. 2, 7 fin.:aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
id. ib. 2, 19; Vulg. 3 Reg. 22, 20:equites alii alia dilapsi sunt,
some in this way, some in that, Liv. 44, 43:cum alii alio mitterentur,
id. 7, 39: Alis alibi stantes, omnes tamen adversis volneribus conciderunt, Sall. ap. Charis. 2, p. 133:jussit alios alibi fodere,
Liv. 44, 33; Vulg. Sap. 18, 18.—Alius ex alio, super alium, post alium, one after another; so often of the connection between ideas:D.ut aliud ex alio incidit, occurrit, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:aliud ex alio succurrit mihi,
Cic. Fragm. C. 12:alid ex alio reficit natura,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 1305; 5, 1456: sed, [p. 91] ut aliud ex alio, mihi non est dubium, quin, etc., Cic. Att. 16, 14, Plin. Pan. 18, 1:ex alio in aliud vicissitudo atque mutatio,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69:alias ex aliis nectendo moras,
Liv. 7, 39:aliam ex alia prolem,
Verg. G. 3, 65; id. Cir. 364:nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur,
id. A. 3, 494:quae impie per biennium alia super alia es ausus,
Liv. 3, 56; 23, 36:aliud super aliud scelus,
id. 30, 26; Plin. Ep. 7, 8; Suet. Ner. 49:deinde ab eo magistratu alium post alium sibi peperit,
Sall. J. 63, 5.—Alius atque alius or alius aliusque, the one and the other; now this, now that; different:E.eadem res saepe aut probatur aut reicitur, alio atque alio elata verbo,
Cic. Or. 22, 72:alio atque alio loco requiescere,
in different places, Sall. J. 72, 2:inchoata res aliis atque aliis de causis dilata erat,
Liv. 8, 23:aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2:cum alia atque alia appetendo loca munirent,
Liv. 1, 8:milites trans flumen aliis atque aliis locis traiciebant,
id. 2, 2:luna alio atque alio loco exoritur,
Plin. 2, 10:febres aliae aliaeque subinde oriuntur,
Cels. 3, 3:cancer aliis aliisque signis discernitur,
id. 5, 26:aliis atque aliis causis,
Suet. Aug. 97.—In Sall. also alius deinde alius or alius post alius:saepe tentantes agros alia deinde alia loca petiverant, J. 18, 7: alias deinde alias morae causas facere,
id. ib. 36, 2:aliis post aliis minitari,
id. ib. 55, 8.—Of another kind or nature, i. e. different; hence, alium facere, to make different, to change, transform; and alium fleri, to become different, to be wholly changed:F.nunc haec dies aliam vitam affert, alios mores postulat,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 18 (aliam vitam pro diversam, contrariam, Don.):alium nunc censes esse me atque olim cum dabam,
id. ib. 3, 3, 13:Huic aliud mercedis erit,
Verg. E. 6, 26:longe alia mihi mens est,
Sall. C. 52, 2:Vos aliam potatis aquam,
Juv. 5, 52:lectus non alius cuiquam,
id. 8, 178:ensesque recondit mors alia,
Stat. Th. 7, 806:ostensus est in alia effigie,
Vulg. Marc. 16, 12; ib. Rom. 7, 23; ib. Gal. 1, 6; ib. Jac. 2, 25:alium fecisti me, alius ad te veneram,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 123: alius nunc fieri volo, id. Poen. prol. fin.:homines alii facti sunt,
Cic. Fam. 11, 12:mutaberis in virum alium,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 10, 6; cf. supra, II. A. fin. —Hence, in alia omnia ire, transire, or discedere, sc. vota, to differ from the thing proposed; and in gen., to reject or oppose it, to go over to the opposite side: qui hoc censetis, illuc transite;qui alia omnia, in hanc partem: his verbis praeit ominis videlicet causa, ne dicat: qui non censetis,
Fest. p. 221; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 19:frequens eum senatus reliquit et in alia omnia discessit,
Cic. Fam. 10, 12:de tribus legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia,
id. ib. 1, 2 Manut.: cum prima M. Marcelli sententia pronunciata esset, frequens senatus in alia omnia iit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:discessionem faciente Marcello, senatus frequens in alia omnia transiit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53: aliud or alias res agere, v. ago, II. 7.—Of that which remains of a whole, = reliquus, ceteri, the rest, the remainder:G.Divitiaco ex aliis Gallis maximam fidem habebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 41:inter primos atrox proelium fuit, alia multitudo terga vertit,
Liv. 7, 26:vulgus aliud trucidatum,
id. 7, 19; 2, 23; so id. 24, 1:legiones in testudinem glomerabantur et alii tela incutiebant,
Tac. H. 3, 31; id. A. 1, 30; 3, 42:cum alios incessus hostis clausisset, unum reliquum aestas impediret,
id. ib. 6, 33 al.—Like alter, one of two, the other of two:H.huic fuerunt filii nati duo, alium servus surpuit, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 8; cf. id. ib. arg. 2 and 9: eis genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere;magnitudo animi par, item gloria, sed alia alii,
Sall. C. 54, 1 Kritz:duo Romani super alium alius corruerunt,
one upon the other, Liv. 1, 25, 5:ita duo deinceps reges, alius alia via, civitatem auxerunt,
each in a different way, id. 1, 21, 6; 24, 27:marique alio Nicopolim ingressus,
Tac. A. 5, 10 ( Ionio, Halm); so,alias partes fovere,
the other side, id. H. 1, 8.—Also in the enumeration of the parts of any thing:Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam Celtae,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1 Herz.:classium item duo genera sunt: unum liburnarum, aliud lusoriarum,
Veg. 2, 1 (cf. in Gr. meinantes de tautên tên hêmeran, têi allêi eporeuonto, Xen. Anab. 3, 4, 1; and so the Vulg.: Alia die profecti, the next day, Act. 21, 8).—Hence, alius with a proper name used as an appell. (cf. alter):ne quis alius Ariovistus regno Galliarum potiretur,
a second Ariovistus, Tac. H. 4, 73 fin.:alius Nero,
Suet. Tit. 7.—A peculiar enhancement of the idea is produced by alius with a neg. and the comp.:A.mulier, qua mulier alia nulla est pulchrior,
than whom no other woman is more beautiful, to whom no other woman is equal in beauty, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 100:facinus, quo non fortius ausit alis,
Cat. 66, 28:Fama malum qua non aliud velocius ullum,
Verg. A. 4, 174:quo neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est,
Sall. J. 2, 4:quo non aliud atrocius visum,
Tac. A. 6, 24:(Sulla) neque consilio neque manu priorem alium pati,
Sall. J. 96, 3:neque majus aliud neque praestabilius invenias,
id. ib. 1, 2; Liv. 1, 24:non alia ante Romana pugna atrocior fuit,
id. 1, 27; 2, 31; Tac. A. 6, 7 al.; cf. under aliter, 2. b. z.—Hence the advv.ălĭō, adv. (an old dat. form, designating direction to a place; cf.: eo, quo), elsewhither (arch.), elsewhere, to another place, person, or thing, allose (class., esp. among poets; but not found in Lucr. or Juv.).1.In gen.a.Of place:b.fortasse tu profectus alio fueras,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 49:ut ab Norba alio traducerentur,
Liv. 32, 2:translatos alio maerebis amores,
Hor. Epod. 15, 23:decurrens alio,
id. S. 2, 1, 32:nam frustra vitium vitaveris illud, Si te alio pravum detorseris,
id. ib. 2, 2, 55.—With quo:Arpinumne mihi eundum sit, an quo alio,
to some other place, Cic. Att. 9, 17:si quando Romam aliove quo mitterent legatos,
Liv. 38, 30. —Of persons or things (cf. alias, alibi, alicunde, etc.):c.illi suum animum alio conferunt,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 10 (cf. Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62:ne ad illam me animum adjecisse sentiat): ne quando iratus tu alio conferas,
id. Eun. 3, 1, 60 Don.:hi narrata ferunt alio,
Ov. M. 12, 57: tamen vocat me alio ( to another subject) jam dudum tacita vestra exspectatio, Cic. Clu. 23, 63; id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139:sed, si placet, sermonem alio transferamus,
id. de Or. 1, 29, 133:quoniam alio properare tempus monet,
Sall. J. 19, 2; so Tac. A. 1, 18 al.—Of purpose or design:2.appellet haec desideria naturae: cupiditatis nomen servet alio,
for another purpose, Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 27:hoc longe alio spectabat,
looked quite elsewhere, had a far different design, Nep. Them. 6, 3.—a.. Alio... alio, in one way... in another; hither... thither, = huc... illuc:b.hic (i. e. in ea re) alio res familiaris, alio ducit humanitas,
Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89: alio atque alio, in one way and another:nihil alio atque alio spargitur,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 11, 2.—Alius alio, each in a different way, one in one way, another in another:c.et ceteri quidem alius alio,
Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80:aliud alio dissipavit,
id. Div. 1, 34, 76; so Liv. 2, 54, 9; 7, 39.—So, aliunde alio, from one place to another:quassatione terrae aliunde alio (aquae) transferuntur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 11, 1; cf. aliunde.—Like alius or aliter with a negative and the particles of comparison quam or atque;B.in questions with nisi: plebem nusquam alio natam quam ad serviendum,
for nothing but, Liv. 7, 18, 7: non alio datam summam quam in emptionem, etc., * Suet. Aug. 98 Ruhnk.:quo alio nisi ad nos confugerent?
Liv. 39, 36, 11; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 232-234.—ălĭā, adv. (sc. via), in another way, in a different manner (in the whole ante-class. and class. per. dub.); for in Plaut. Rud. prol. 10, aliuta has been proposed; in Lucr. 6, 986, Lachm. reads alio; in Liv. 21, 56, 2, Weissenb. alibi; and in id. 44, 43, 2, via may be supplied from the preced. context; certain only in Don. ad Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 5; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 219.—C.ălĭās, adv. (acc. to Prisc. 1014 P., and Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 769, an acc. form like foras; but acc. to Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 57, and Hab. Syn. 79, old gen. like paterfamili as, Alcmen as, etc. In the ante-class. per. rare; only once in Plaut., twice in Ter., twice in Varro; in the class. per. most freq. in Cic., but only three times in his orations; also in Plin.).1.Of time, at a time other than the present, whether it be in the past or (more freq.) in the future.a.At another time, at other times, on another occasion (alias: temporis adverbium, quod Graeci allote, aliter allôs, Capitol. Orth. 2242 P.; cf.b.Herz. and Hab., as cited above): alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 4; so id. And. 3, 2, 49 (alias = alio tempore, Don.):sed alias jocabimur,
Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:sed plura scribemus alias,
id. ib. 7, 6:et alias et in consulatus petitione vinci,
id. Planc. 18:nil oriturum alias,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 17.—In the future, freq. in contrast with nunc, in praesentia, tum, hactenus:recte secusne, alias viderimus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 135:Hactenus haec: alias justum sit necne poema, Nunc, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 63: sed haec alias pluribus;nunc, etc.,
Cic. Div. 2, 2 fin.; Liv. 44, 36 fin.: quare placeat, alias ostendemus; in praesentia, etc., Auct. ad Her. 3, 16, 28.—In the past:gubernatores alias imperare soliti, tum metu mortis jussa exsequebantur,
Curt. 4, 3, 18:alias bellare inter se solitos, tunc periculi societas junxerat,
id. 9, 4, 15.—Freq. with advv. of time;as numquam, umquam, and the like: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, aut etiam si numquam alias fuimus, tum profecto, etc.,
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 2:consilio numquam alias dato,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 45:numquam ante alias,
Liv. 2, 22, 7:non umquam alias ante tantus terror senatum invasit,
id. 2, 9, 5; 1, 28, 4:si quando umquam ante alias,
id. 32, 5 (where the four advv. of time are to be taken together):Saturnalibus et si quando alias libuisset, modo munera dividebat,
Suet. Aug. 75.—Alias... alias, as in Gr. allote... allote; allote men... allote de, at one time... at another; once... another time; sometimes... sometimes; now... now:c.Alias me poscit pro illa triginta minas, Alias talentum magnum,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 63; so Varr. L. L. 8, § 76 Mull.; id. R. R. 2, 1, 15; Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 120:nec potest quisquam alias beatus esse, alias miser,
id. Fin. 2, 27, 87:contentius alias, alias summissius,
id. de Or. 3, 55, 212:cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 29; so id. ib. 5, 57 al.; it occurs four times in successive clauses in Cic. Inv. 1, 52, 99.—Sometimes plerumque, saepe, aliquando, interdum stand in corresponding clauses:nec umquam sine usura reddit (terra), quod accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque majore cum foenore,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:geminatio verborum habet interdum vim, leporem alias,
id. de Or. 3, 54, 206:hoc alias fastidio, alias contumacia, saepius imbecillitate, evenit,
Plin. 16, 32, 58, § 134; 7, 15, 13, § 63.—Sometimes one alias is omitted:illi eruptione tentata alias cuniculis ad aggerem actis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 3, 21; Plin. 26, 3, 7, § 13.—Alias aliter, alias alius, etc. (cf. alius), at one time in one way... at another in another; now so... now otherwise; now this... now that:d.et alias aliter haec in utramque partem causae solent convenire,
Cic. Inv. 2, 13, 45:alii enim sunt, alias nostrique familiares fere demortui,
id. Att. 16, 11 (Madv. interprets this of time):illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus judicant,
id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Or. 59, 200:(deos) non semper eosdem atque alias alios solemus venerari,
id. Red. in Sen. 30:ut iidem versus alias in aliam rem posse accommodari viderentur,
id. Div. 2, 54, 111.—Saepe alias or alias saepe... nunc, nuper, quondam, etc.;e.also: cum saepe alias... tum, etc. (very common in Cic.): quod cum saepe alias tum nuper, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 7:fecimus et alias saepe et nuper in Tusculano,
id. ib. 5, 4, 11:quibus de rebus et alias saepe... et quondam in Hortensii villa,
id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:quorum pater et saepe alias et maxime censor saluti rei publicae fuit,
id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:cum saepe alias, tum apud centumviros,
id. Brut. 39, 144:cum saepe alias, tum Pyrrhi bello,
id. Off. 3, 22, 86; 3, 11, 47:neque tum solum, sed saepe alias,
Nep. Hann. 11, 7.—In comparative sentences rare:nunc tamen libentius quam saepe alias,
Symm. Ep. 1, 90.—So,Semper alias, always at other times or in other cases (apparently only post-Aug.): et super cenam autem et semper alias communissimus, multa joco transigebat. Suet. Vesp. 22; id. Tib. 18; Gell. 15, 1.—f.Raro alias, rarely at other times, on other occasions:g.ut raro alias quisquam tanto favore est auditus,
Liv. 45, 20; 3, 69; Tac. H. 1, 89.—Non alias, at no other time, never, = numquam (a choice poet. expression, often imitated by [p. 92] the histt.):2.non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura,
never at any other time did so much lightning fall from a clear sky, Verg. G. 1, 487:non alias militi familiarior dux fuit,
Liv. 7, 33; 45, 7:non alias majore mole concursum,
Tac. A. 2, 46; 4. 69;11, 31: non sane alias exercitatior Britannia fuit,
id. Agr. 5:haud alias intentior populus plus vocis permisit,
id. A. 3, 11, and 15, 46; Suet. Tit. 8; Flor. 3, 6.—Of place, at another place, elsewhere; or in respect of other things, in other circumstances, otherwise (only post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7):3.Idaeus rubus appellatus est, quoniam in Ida, non alias, nascitur,
Plin. 24, 14, 75, § 123 (Jan, alius): nusquam alias tam torrens fretum, * Just. 4, 1, 9:sicut vir alias doctissimus Cornutus existimat,
Macr. S. 5, 19.—Alias for alioqui (only post-Aug.), to indicate that something is in a different condition in one instance, not in others, except that, for the rest, otherwise:4.in Silaro non virgulta modo immersa, verum et folia lapidescunt, alias salubri potu ejus aquae,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224; so id. 18, 6, 7, § 37; 19, 8, 48, § 163; 25, 2, 6, § 16 al.—Non alias quam, for no other reason, on no other condition, in no other circumstances than, not other than; and non alias nisi, on no other condition, not otherwise, except (prob. taken from the lang. of common life):5.non alias magis indoluisse Caesarem ferunt quam quod, etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 73:debilitatum vulnere jacuisse non alias quam simulatione mortis tutiorem,
by nothing safer than by feigning death, Curt. 8, 1, 24; 8, 14, 16; Dig. 29, 7, 6, § 2: non alias ( on no other condition) existet heres ex substitutione nisi, etc., ib. 28, 6, 8; 23, 3, 37, 23, 3, 29.—Alias like aliter, in another manner; flrst in the Lat. of the jurists (cf. Suet. Tib. 71 Oud.; Liv. 21, 56, 2 Drak.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 49 Ruhnk.), Dig. 33, 8, 8, § 8; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 219-227. —D. 1.With comparative-clause expressed; constr. both affirm. and neg. without distinction.a.With atque, ac, quam, and rarely ut, otherwise than, different from what, etc., Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23:b.sed aliter atque ostenderam facio,
Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 4; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 6:aliter ac nos vellemus,
Cic. Mil. 9, 23:de quo tu aliter sentias atque ego,
id. Fin. 4, 22, 60; id. Att. 6, 3:si aliter nos faciant quam aequum est,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 42:si aliter quippiam coacti faciant quam libere,
Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 29; id. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 24; id. Inv. 2, 22, 66:Sed si aliter ut dixi accidisset, qui possem queri?
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—Non (or haud) aliter, not otherwise (per litoten), = just as; with quam si, ac si, quam cum, quam, exactly, just as if:* c.Non aliter quam si ruat omnis Karthago,
Verg. A. 4, 669:dividor haud aliter quam si mea membra relinquam,
Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 73:nihil in senatu actum aliter quam si, etc.,
Liv. 23, 4; 21, 63, 9:illi negabant se aliter ituros quam si, etc.,
id. 3, 51, 12:nec aliter quam si mihi tradatur, etc., Quint. prooem. 5: ut non aliter ratio constet quam si uni reddatur,
Tac. A. 1, 6; 1, 49:Non aliter quam si fecisset Juno maritum Insanum,
Juv. 6, 619; Suet. Aug. 40:non aliter quam cum, etc.,
Ov. F. 2, 209; so id. M. 2, 623; 4, 348; 6, 516 al.:nec scripsi aliter ac si, etc.,
Cic. Att. 13, 51; Suet. Oth. 6; Col. 2, 14 (15), 8:Non aliter quam qui lembum subigit,
Verg. G. 1, 201:non aliter praeformidat quam qui ferrum medici, priusquam curetur, aspexit,
Quint. 4, 5, 5; so id. 4, 5, 22; 2, 5, 11:neque aliter quam ii, qui traduntur, etc.,
id. 5, 8, 1:patere inde aliquid decrescere, non aliter quam Institor hibernae tegetis,
Juv. 7, 220:successorem non aliter quam indicium mortis accepturum,
Tac. A. 6, 30.—Aliter ab aliquo (analog. to alius with the abl., and alienus with ab), differently from any one:d.cultores regionum multo aliter a ceteris agunt,
Mel. 1, 9, 6.—Non ali ter nisi, by no other means, on no other condition, not otherwise, except:e.qui aliter obsistere fato fatetur se non potuisse, nisi etc.,
Cic. Fat. 20, 48; id. Fam. 1, 9: non pati C. Caesarem consulem aliter fieri, nisi exercitum et provincias tradiderit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14; so Lentulus ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 18; Liv. 35, 39; 45, 11; 38; Tac. Or. 32; Just. 12, 14, 7; Suet. Ner. 36; Dig. 37, 9, 6; 48, 18, 9. —Non aliter quam ut, on no other condition than that:2.neque aliter poterit palos, ad quos perducitur, pertingere, quam ut diffluat,
Col. Arb. 7, 5; so Suet. Tib. 15; 24; id. Galb. 8; Curt. 9, 5, 23.—Without a comparative clause expressed.a.In gen., otherwise, in another manner, in other respects; and in the poets: haud aliter (per litoten), just so:b.vale atque salve, etsi aliter ut dicam meres,
though you deserve that I speak differently, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 86 Brix:tu si aliter existimes, nihil errabis,
Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 16:ut eadem ab utrisque dicantur, aliter dicuntur,
in a different sense, Plin. Pan. 72, 7:Si quis aliter docet,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 6, 3:quae aliter se habent,
ib. ib. 5, 25:Quippe aliter tunc vivebant homines,
Juv. 6, 11: quod uterque nostrum his etiam ex studiis notus, quibus aliter ignotus est, otherwise, i. e. personally, unknown, Plin. Ep. 9, 23, 3.—With negatives:non fuit faciendum aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 9; Tac. A. 15, 68:Ergo non aliter poterit dormire?
Juv. 3, 281:aliter haud facile eos ad tantum negotium impelli posse,
Sall. C. 44, 1; Curt. 8, 10, 27:haud aliter Rutulo muros et castra tuenti Ignescunt irae (the comparison of the wolf precedes),
Verg. A. 9, 65:haud aliter (i. e. like a wild beast) juvenis medios moriturus in hostes Irruit,
id. ib. 9, 554 al.; Ov. M. 8, 473; 9, 642:non aliter (i. e. than I) Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,
Hor. Epod. 14, 10:neque Mordaces aliter (i. e. than by means of wine) diffugiunt sollicitudines,
id. C. 1, 18, 4:neque exercitum Romanum aliter transmissurum,
Tac. H. 5, 19:nec aliter expiari potest,
Vulg. Num. 35, 33. —So, fieri aliter non potest or fieri non potest aliter (not fieri non aliter potest): nihil agis;Fieri aliter non potest,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 13: assentior;fieri non potuit aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 6.—Esp.(α).Pregn., otherwise, in the contrary manner: Pe. Servos Epidicus dixit mihi. Ph. Quid si servo aliter visum est? i. e. if he does not speak the truth? Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 29:(β).verum aliter evenire multo intellegit,
Ter. And. prol. 4 (aliter autem contra significat, Don.):amplis cornibus et nigris potius quam aliter,
Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 1: ne aliter quid eveniat, providere de cet, otherwise than harmoniously, Sall. J. 10, 7:dis aliter visum,
Verg. A. 2, 428:sin aliter tibi videtur,
Vulg. Num. 11, 15: adversi... saevaque circuitu curvantem bracchia longo Scorpion atque aliter ( in the opposite direction) curvantem bracchia Cancrum, Ov. M. 2, 83: aliterque ( and in the opposite course) secante jam pelagus rostro, Luc. 8, 197.—Hence, qui aliter fecerit, who will not do that:neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat, neve cum populo agat: qui aliter fecerit, etc.,
Sall. C. 51, 43; Just. 6, 6, 1; cf. Brisson. de Form. p. 200, and de Verb. Signif. p. 66.—Aliter esse, to be of a different nature, differently constituted or disposed:(γ).sed longe aliter est amicus atque amator,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 70: ego hunc esse aliter credidi: iste me fefellit;ego isti nihilo sum aliter ac fui,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 44; id. Ad. 3, 4, 46; Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—For alioqui (q. v. II. C.), otherwise, else, in any other case:(δ).jus enim semper est quaesitum aequabile: neque enim aliter esset jus (and just after: nam aliter justitia non esset),
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 42; 1, 39, 139; id. Lael. 20, 74:si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, aliter illos numquam in patriam essent recepturi,
Nep. Them. 7 fin.:aliter sine populi jussu nulli earum rerum consuli jus est,
Sall. C. 29, 3 Kritz:aliter non viribus ullis Vincere poteris,
Verg. A. 6, 147:veniam ostentantes, si praesentia sequerentur: aliter nihil spei,
Tac. H. 4, 59:quoniam aliter non possem,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21.—Like alius (q. v. II. A.) repeated even several times in a distributive manner, in one way... in another: sed aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; so id. ib. 1, 12, 38; id. Lael. 24, 89; id. Fam. 15, 21, 6:(ε).aliter utimur propriis, aliter commodatis,
Tac. Or. 32:Aliter catuli longe olent, aliter sues,
Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 9:aliter Diodoro, aliter Philoni, Chrysippo aliter placet,
id. Ac. 2, 47, 143:idem illud aliter Caesar, aliter Cicero, aliter Cato suadere debebit,
Quint. 3, 8, 49: Et aliter acutis morbis medendum, aliter vetustis; aliter increscentibus, aliter subsistentibus, aliter jam ad sanitatem inclinatis, Cels. prooem. p. 10.—With alius or its derivatives, one in one way, another in another (v. alius, II. B.):(ζ).quoniam aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 79; id. Att. 7, 8; Liv. 2, 21; so id. 39, 53:hoc ex locorum occasione aliter alibi decernitur,
Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; so id. 25, 4, 10, § 29.—Non aliter, analog. to non alius (v. alius, II. H.) with a comp. (only in Plin.):non aliter utilius id fieri putare quam, etc.,
Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 28:idque non aliter clarius intellegi potest,
id. 37, 4, 15, § 59; so id. 22, 22, 36, § 78; 24, 11, 50, § 85; 28, 9, 41, § 148; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 267-276. -
55 Meikle, Andrew
SUBJECT AREA: Agricultural and food technology[br]b. 1719 Scotlandd. 27 November 1811[br]Scottish millwright and inventor of the threshing machine.[br]The son of the millwright James Meikle, who is credited with the introduction of the winnowing machine into Britain, Andrew Meikle followed in his father's footsteps. His inventive inclinations were first turned to developing his father's idea, and together with his own son George he built and patented a double-fan winnowing machine.However, in the history of agricultural development Andrew Meikle is most famous for his invention of the threshing machine, patented in 1784. He had been presented with a model of a threshing mill designed by a Mr Ilderton of Northumberland, but after failing to make a full-scale machine work, he developed the concept further. He eventually built the first working threshing machine for a farmer called Stein at Kilbagio. The patent revolutionized farming practice because it displaced the back-breaking and soul-destroying labour of flailing the grain from the straw. The invention was of great value in Scotland and in northern England when the land was becoming underpopulated as a result of heavy industrialization, but it was bitterly opposed in the south of England until well into the nineteenth century. Although the introduction of the threshing machine led to the "Captain Swing" riots of the 1830s, in opposition to it, it shortly became universal.Meikle's provisional patent in 1785 was a natural progression of earlier attempts by other millwrights to produce such a machine. The published patent is based on power provided by a horse engine, but these threshing machines were often driven by water-wheels or even by windmills. The corn stalks were introduced into the machine where they were fed between cast-iron rollers moving quite fast against each other to beat the grain out of the ears. The power source, whether animal, water or wind, had to cause the rollers to rotate at high speed to knock the grain out of the ears. While Meikle's machine was at first designed as a fixed barn machine powered by a water-wheel or by a horse wheel, later threshing machines became mobile and were part of the rig of an agricultural contractor.In 1788 Meikle was awarded a patent for the invention of shuttered sails for windmills. This patent is part of the general description of the threshing machine, and whilst it was a practical application, it was superseded by the work of Thomas Cubitt.At the turn of the century Meikle became a manufacturer of threshing machines, building appliances that combined the threshing and winnowing principles as well as the reciprocating "straw walkers" found in subsequent threshing machines and in conventional combine harvesters to the present day. However, he made little financial gain from his invention, and a public subscription organized by the President of the Board of Agriculture, Sir John Sinclair, raised £1,500 to support him towards the end of his life.[br]Bibliography1831, Threshing Machines in The Dictionary of Mechanical Sciences, Arts and Manufactures, London: Jamieson, Alexander.7 March 1768, British patent no. 896, "Machine for dressing wheat, malt and other grain and for cleaning them from sand, dust and smut".9 April 1788, British patent no. 1,645, "Machine which may be worked by cattle, wind, water or other power for the purpose of separating corn from the straw".Further ReadingJ.E.Handley, 1953, Scottish Farming in the 18th Century, and 1963, The Agricultural Revolution in Scotland (both place Meikle and his invention within their context).G.Quick and W.Buchele, 1978, The Grain Harvesters, American Society of Agricultural Engineers (gives an account of the early development of harvesting and cereal treatment machinery).KM / AP -
56 κοινωνία
κοινωνία, ας, ἡ (s. prec. entry; Pind.+; ins, pap, LXX; JosAs 7:6 cod. A; Philo [Mos. 1, 158 of communion w. God]; Joseph.; loanw. in rabb.; Just.; Tat. 18, 2; Ath.; Iren. 4, 18, 5 [Harv. II 205, 4] w. ἕνωσις).① close association involving mutual interests and sharing, association, communion, fellowship, close relationship (hence a favorite expr. for the marital relationship as the most intimate betw. human beings Isocr. 3, 40; BGU 1051, 9 [I A.D.]; 1052, 7; POxy 1473, 33; 3 Macc 4:6; Jos., Ant. 1, 304; Did., Gen 235, 18. But s. also Diod S 10, 8, 2 ἡ τοῦ βίου κ.=the common type or bond of life that unites the Pythagoreans) τινός with or to someone (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 20, 3; Herodian 1, 10, 1; τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 3, 56, 6); hence there is linguistic warrant to transl.: κ. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ fellowship with God’s Son 1 Cor 1:9 (s. 4 below) and κ. τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος fellowship w. the Holy Spirit 2 Cor 13:13 (so JSickenberger comm. [Bonnerbibel 1919; 4th ed. ’32] ad loc. in the Trinitarian sense but s. WKümmel, appendix to HLtzm. comm. [Hdb]). Others take the latter gen. as a subjective gen. or gen. of quality fellowship brought about by the Holy Spirit (APlummer, w. reservations, comm. 2 Cor [ICC] et al.; TSchmidt, D. Leib Christi 1919, 135; s. 4 below). Corresp. κ. πνεύματος fellowship w. the Spirit Phil 2:1 (Synes., Prov. 1, 15 p. 108c κ. γνώμης=community of will and s. 2 below).—κοινωνία(ν ἔχειν) μετά τινος ( have) fellowship w. someone (cp. Job 34:8) w. God 1J 1:3b, 6 (cp. Epict. 2, 19, 27 περὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν Δία κοινωνίας βουλευόμενον; Jos., Bell. 7, 264, C. Ap. 1, 35 [both πρός w. acc.]); w. fellow Christians vss. 3a, 7. εἴς τι (POxf 5f) ἡ κ. εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον close relationship w. the gospel Phil 1:5. ηὐδόκησαν κ. τινὰ ποιήσασθαι εἰς τοὺς πτωχούς they have undertaken to establish a rather close relation w. the poor Ro 15:26 (sim. GPeterman, Make a Contribution or Establish Fellowship: NTS 40, ’94, 457–63; but some prefer 3 below).—κ. πρός w. acc. connection with, relation to (Pla., Symp. 188c; Galen, Protr. 9 p. 28, 7 J.; SIG 646, 54 [170 B.C.]; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 110 τίς οὖν κοινωνία πρὸς Ἀπόλλωνα τῷ μηδὲν οἰκεῖον ἐπιτετηδευκότι; cp. Jos., C. Ap. 2, 208; τοῦ πατρὸς πρὸς τὸν υἱὸν κ. Ath. 12, 2; πρὸς τὸ θειότερον κ. Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 47) τίς κ. φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος; what does darkness have in common with light? 2 Cor 6:14 (cp. Sir 13:2, 17f; Aristoph., Thes. 140 τίς κατόπτρου καὶ ξίφους κοινωνία;).—Abs. fellowship, (harmonious) unity (Hippol., Ref. 9, 12, 26) Ac 2:42 (s. JFitzmyer, PSchubert Festschr. ’66, 242–44 [Acts-Qumran] suggests that ‘community of goods’ [יחד] may be meant here, as 1QS 1, 11–13; 6, 17. On the problem of this term s. HBraun, Qumran u. d. NT, I, ’66; 143–50; s. also ACarr, The Fellowship of Ac 2:42 and Cognate Words: Exp. 8th ser., 5, 1913, 458ff). δεξιὰς κοινωνίας διδόναι τινί give someone the right hand of fellowship Gal 2:9 (JSampley, Pauline Partnership in Christ ’80, argues for a legal notion of ‘consensual societas’ but s. New Docs 3, 19).—κ. also has the concrete mng. society, brotherhood as a closely knit majority, naturally belonging together: Maximus Tyr. 15, 4b τί ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς κοινωνίας συμβόλαιον; what is the contribution (i.e., of the philosopher) to the community or (human) society? 16, 2m δημώδεις κοινωνίαι=meetings of the common people.—On ancient clubs and associations s. Poland; also JWaltzing, Étude historique sur les corporations professionnelles chez les Romaine, 4 vols. 1895–1900; EZiebarth, Das griechische Vereinswesen 1896.② attitude of good will that manifests an interest in a close relationship, generosity, fellow-feeling, altruism (Epict. in Stob. 43 Sch. χρηστότητι κοινωνίας; Arrian, Anab. 7, 11, 9 κ. beside ὁμόνοια; Herm. Wr. 13, 9 [opp. πλεονεξία]) ἁπλότης τῆς κ. εἴς τινα 2 Cor 9:13. W. εὐποιί̈α Hb 13:16. The context permits this mng. also Phil 2:1 (s. 1 above). The transition to the next mng. is easy.③ abstr. for concr. sign of fellowship, proof of brotherly unity, even gift, contribution (Lev 5:21; ins of Asia Minor: κ.=‘subsidy’ [Rdm.2 10]) Ro 15:26 (s. 1 above). Under this head we may perh. classify κοινωνία τ. αἵματος (σώματος) τοῦ Χριστοῦ a means for attaining a close relationship with the blood (body) of Christ 1 Cor 10:16ab (s. 4 below).④ participation, sharing τινός in someth. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 67 §306 κ. τῶν παρόντων=in the present undertakings; 5, 71 §299 κ. τῆς ἀρχῆς in the rule; Polyaenus 6, 7, 2 κ. τοῦ μιάσματος in the foul deed; Maximus Tyr. 19, 3b τῆς ἀρετῆς; Synes., Kgdm. 13 p. 12c. κ. τῶν ἔργων=in the deeds of others; Wsd 8:18; Jos., Ant. 2, 62) ὅπως ἡ κ. τῆς πίστεώς σου ἐνεργὴς γένηται that your participation in the faith may be made known through your deeds Phlm 6. γνῶναι κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ become aware of sharing his sufferings Phil 3:10. ἡ κ. τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους taking part in the relief of God’s people 2 Cor 8:4. Perh. this is the place for 1 Cor 1:9 (s. 1 above); 2 Cor 13:13 ( participation in the Holy Spirit: Ltzm., Kümmel in appendix to Ltzm. comm., Windisch, Seesemann [s. below] 70; Goodsp., Probs. 169f; s. 1 above.—Cp. τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος κ. of ecstasy Did., Gen. 230, 16); 1 Cor 10:16 (participation in the blood [body] of Christ. So ASchlatter, Pls der Bote Jesu ’34, 295f et al.; s. 3 above. But perh. here κοινωνία w. gen. means the common possession or enjoyment of someth. [Diod S 8, 5, 1 ἀγελῶν κ.= of the flocks; Maximus Tyr. 19, 3b ἐπὶ κοινωνίᾳ τῆς ἀρετῆς=for the common possession of excellence; Diog. L. 7, 124; Synes., Kgdm. 20 p. 24b; Hierocles 6, 428: we are to choose the best man as friend and unite ourselves with him πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀρετῶν κοινωνίαν=for the common possession or enjoyment of virtues; 7, 429 τῶν καλῶν τὴν κ.]. Then 1 Cor 10:16 would be: Do not the cup and the bread mean the common partaking of the body and blood of Christ? After all, we all partake of one and the same bread). Eph 3:9 v.l. (for οἰκονομία)—JCampbell, Κοινωνία and Its Cognates in the NT: JBL 51, ’32, 352–80; EGroenewald, Κοινωνία (gemeenskap) bij Pls, diss. Amst. ’32; HSeesemann, D. Begriff Κοινωνία im NT ’33; PEndenburg, Koinoonia … bij de Grieken in den klass. tijd ’37; HFord, The NT Conception of Fellowship: Shane Quarterly 6, ’45, 188–215; GJourdan, Κοινωνία in 1 Cor 10:16: JBL 67, ’48, 111–24; KNickle, The Collection, A Study in Paul’s Strategy, ’66.—EDNT additional bibl. S. also RAC IX 1100–1145.—DELG s.v. κοινός. M-M. TW. Sv. -
57 μέλλω
μέλλω (Hom.+) fut. μελλήσω; impf. ἔμελλον (all edd. J 6:6; Ac 21:27) and ἤμελλον (all edd. Lk 7:2; 19:4; J 4:47; 12:33; 18:32; Hb 11:8; s. B-D-F §66, 3; W.-S. §12, 3; Mlt-H. 188. In Att. ins the ἠ-appears after 300 B.C. [Meisterhans3-Schw. 169]. In IPriene ἐ-occurs only once: 11, 5 [c. 297 B.C.]).① to take place at a future point of time and so to be subsequent to another event, be about to, used w. an inf. foll.ⓐ only rarely w. the fut. inf., w. which it is regularly used in ancient Gk. (Hom. et al.), since in colloquial usage the fut. inf. and ptc. were gradually disappearing and being replaced by combinations with μέλλω (B-D-F §338, 3; 350; s. Rob. 882; 889). W. the fut. inf. μ. denotes certainty that an event will occur in the future μ. ἔσεσθαι (SIG 914, 10 μέλλει ἔσεσθαι; 247 I, 74 ἔμελλε … [δώσε]ιν; Jos., Ant. 13, 322; Mel., P. 57, 415) will certainly take place or be Ac 11:28; 24:15; 27:10; 1 Cl 43:6; cp. Dg 8:2.ⓑ w. the aor. inf. (rarely in ancient Gk. [but as early as Hom., and e.g. X., Cyr. 1, 4, 16]; Herodas 3, 78 and 91; UPZ 70, 12 [152/1 B.C.]; PGiss 12, 5; POxy 1067, 17; 1488, 20; Ex 4:12; Job 3:8; 2 Macc 14:41; JosAs 29:3; ParJer 9:13; GrBar 4:15 [Christ.]; ApcMos13; s. Phryn. p. 336; 745ff Lob.; WRutherford, New Phryn. 1881, 420ff) be on the point of, be about to, μ. ἀποκαλυφθῆναι be about to be revealed Ro 8:18. τὸ δωδεκάφυλον τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ μέλλον ἀπολέσθαι the twelve tribes of Israel that were about to be destroyed 1 Cl 55:6. ἤμελλεν προαγαγεῖν Ac 12:6. ἀποθανεῖν Rv 3:2. ἐμέσαι vs. 16. τεκεῖν 12:4.ⓒ w. the pres. inf. So mostly (ca. 80 times in the NT.; oft. in lit., ins, pap, LXX; TestAbr B 4 p. 108, 14 [Stone p. 64]; ApcEsdr 6:23f p. 32, 2f Tdf.; EpArist; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 7 Jac.; Just., A I, 51, 8; D. 32, 4 al.; Tat. 14, 1; Mel., P. 38, 263; Ath. 32, 1).α. be about to, be on the point of ἤμελλεν τελευτᾶν he was at the point of death (Aristot. Fgm. 277 [in Apollon. Paradox. 27] and Diod S 6, 4, 3 μέλλων τελευτᾶν; cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 83; 12, 357) Lk 7:2. Also ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν (Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 5 γραῦς μέλλουσα ἀποθνῄσκειν; Aesop, Fab. 131 P.=202 H.; 233 P.=216 H.; 2 Macc 7:18; 4 Macc 10:9) J 4:47. ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν he was about to kill himself Ac 16:27. Of God’s eschat. reign μέλλειν ἔρχεσθαι 1 Cl 42:3. Of heavenly glory ἡ μέλλουσα ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι 1 Pt 5:1. Cp. Lk 19:4; J 6:6; Ac 3:3; 5:35; 18:14; 21:27; 22:26; 23:27.—Occasionally almost = begin ἤμελλον γράφειν Rv 10:4. ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα when all these things are (or begin) to be accomplished Mk 13:4; cp. Lk 21:7; Rv 10:7.β. in a weakened sense it serves simply as a periphrasis for the fut. (PMich III, 202, 8ff; 13ff [105 A.D.].—Mayser II/1, 226) ὅσα λαλῶ ἢ καὶ μ. λαλεῖν (=ἢ καὶ λαλήσω) what I tell or shall tell Hm 4, 4, 3. So esp. oft. in Hermas: μ. λέγειν v 1, 1, 6; 3, 8, 11; m 11:7, 17; Hs 5, 2, 1. μ. ἐντέλλεσθαι v 5:5; m 5, 2, 8. μ. κατοικεῖν Hs 1:1; 4:2. μ. χωρεῖν (=χωρήσω) IMg 5:1. μ. βασιλεύειν GJs 23:2.—Substitute for the disappearing fut. forms (inf. and ptc. B-D-F §356); for the fut. inf.: προσεδόκων αὐτὸν μέλλειν πίμπρασθαι Ac 28:6; for the fut. ptc.: ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι Mt 11:14. ὁ τοῦτο μέλλων πράσσειν the one who was going to do this Lk 22:23; cp. 24:21; Ac 13:34. οἱ μέλλοντες πιστεύειν those who were to believe (in him) in the future 1 Ti 1:16; 1 Cl 42:4; Hm 4, 3, 3. μέλλοντες ἀσεβεῖν those who were to be ungodly in the future 2 Pt 2:6 v.l. (s. 3, end). Of Christ ὁ μέλλων κρίνειν 2 Ti 4:1; 7:2. οἱ μέλλοντες ἀρνεῖσθαι = οἱ ἀρνησόμενοι Hv 2, 2, 8. πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσθίειν μέλλοντος τοὺς ὑπεναντίους raging fire that will devour the opponents Hb 10:27.γ. denoting an intended action: intend, propose, have in mind μέλλει Ἡρῴδης ζητεῖν τὸ παιδίον Herod intends to search for the child Mt 2:13. οὗ ἤμελλεν αὐτὸς ἔρχεσθαι where he himself intended to come Lk 10:1. μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι they intended to come J 6:15. Cp. vs. 71; 7:35; 12:4; 14:22; Ac 17:31; 20:3, 7, 13ab; 23:15; 26:2; 27:30; Hb 8:5; 2 Pt 1:12. τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν; what do you intend to do? Hs 1:5. οὐ μ. ποιεῖν I have no intention of doing MPol 8:2. μ. προσηλοῦν they wanted to nail him fast 13:3. μ. λαμβάνειν we wanted to take him out 17:2.② to be inevitable, be destined, inevitableⓐ w. pres. inf. to denote an action that necessarily follows a divine decree is destined, must, will certainly … μ. πάσχειν he is destined to suffer Mt 17:12; B 7:10; 12:2; cp. 6:7. μ. σταυροῦσθαι must be crucified 12:1. μ. παραδίδοσθαι Mt 17:22; Lk 9:44; 16:5. ἔμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν J 11:51; 12:33; 18:32. ἐν σαρκὶ μ. φανεροῦσθαι B 6:7, 9, 14. Cp. Mt 16:27; 20:22; Ro 4:24; 8:13; Rv 12:5. οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν … θεωρεῖν they should no more see … Ac 20:38. τὰ μ. γίνεσθαι what must come to pass 26:22; cp. Rv 1:19. διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν those who are to inherit salvation Hb 1:14. μέλλομεν θλίβεσθαι that we were to be afflicted 1 Th 3:4.—Mk 10:32; Lk 9:31; J 7:39; Hb 11:8. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ ἔμελλε θηριομαχεῖν on the day on which Paul was to fight the wild animals AcPl Ha 3, 9. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι in expectation of the city’s destruction 5, 16. ἄνωθεν μέλλω σταυροῦσθαι I (Jesus) am about to be crucified once more 7, 39.ⓑ w. aor. inf. ἀποκαλυφθῆναι that is destined (acc. to God’s will) to be revealed Gal 3:23.③ The ptc. is used abs. in the mng. (in the) future, to come (Pind., O. 10, 7 ὁ μέλλων χρόνος ‘the due date’) ὁ αἰὼν μέλλων the age to come (s. αἰών 2b), which brings the reign of God (opp. ὁ αἰὼν οὗτος or ὁ νῦν αἰών) Mt 12:32; Eph 1:21; 2 Cl 6:3; Pol 5:2; cp. Hb 6:5. Also ὁ μ. καιρός (opp. ὁ νῦν κ.) 4:1. ἡ μ. ζωή (opp. ἡ νῦν ζ.) 1 Ti 4:8. ὁ μ. βίος (opp. ὁ νῦν β.) 2 Cl 20:2. ἡ μ. βασιλεία 5:5; ἡ οἰκουμένη ἡ μ. the world to come Hb 2:5. ἡ μέλλουσα πόλις (as wordplay, opp. [οὐ … ] μένουσα π.) 13:14. ἡ μ. ἐπαγγελία the promise for the future 2 Cl 10:3f. τὰ μ. ἀγαθά Hb 9:11 v.l.; Hv 1, 1, 8. ἡ μ. ἀνάστασις 1 Cl 24:1; τὸ κρίμα τὸ μ. the judgment to come Ac 24:25; cp. 1 Cl 28:1; 2 Cl 18:2; MPol 11:2. ἡ μ. ὀργή Mt 3:7; IEph 11:1. ἡ μ. θλῖψις Hv 4, 2, 5. τὰ μ. σκάνδαλα 4:9.—ἡ μέλλουσά σου ἀδελφή your future sister=the one who in the future will be your sister, no longer your wife Hv 2, 2, 3. Several times the noun can be supplied fr. the context: τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος, i.e. Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14.—Subst. τὸ μέλλον the future (Aeneas Tact. 422; 431 al.; Antiphanes Com. [IV B.C.] 227 K.; Menand., Monostich. 412 [608 Jaekel] Mei.; Anacreont. 36; Plut., Caes. 14, 4; Herodian 1, 14, 2; SIG 609, 5; ViEzk 13 [p. 75, 12 Sch.]; Philo, Mel.) 1 Cl 31:3. εἰς τὸ μ. for the future (Jos., Ant. 9, 162) 1 Ti 6:19; specif. (in the) next year (PLond III, 1231, 4 p. 108 [144 A.D.] τὴν εἰς τὸ μέλλον γεωργείαν; s. Field, Notes 65) Lk 13:9. τὰ μ. the things to come (X., Symp. 4, 47; Aeneas Tact. 1050; Artem. 1, 36; Wsd 19:1; TestJob 47:9; JosAs 23:8; Philo; Just., D. 7, 1; Ath. 27, 2) Col 2:17; PtK 3 p. 15, 21. (Opp. τὰ ἐνεστῶτα the present as PGM 5, 295) Ro 8:38; 1 Cor 3:22; B 1:7; 5:3; 17:2. Ox 1081 39f (SJCh 91, 2) (s. ἀρχή 2). Uncertain 2 Pt 2:6 (if ἀσεβέσιν is to be retained, the ref. is to impending judgment for the impious).④ delay τί μέλλεις why are you delaying? (cp. Aeschyl., Prom. 36; Eur., Hec. 1094; Thu. 8, 78; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 10, 13; Jos., Bell. 3, 494 τί μέλλομεν; 4 Macc 6:23; 9:1) Ac 22:16. οὐ μελλήσας without delay AcPl Ha 8, 4. The connection in AcPt Ox 849, 1 is uncertain.—B. 974. DELG. M-M. TW. -
58 πνεῦμα
πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.③ a part of human personality, spiritⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.ⓓ abs.α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
59 χάρις
χάρις, ιτος, ἡ (Hom.+) acc. quite predom. χάριν, but χάριτα Ac 24:27; 25:9 v.l.; Jd 4 and pl. χάριτας Ac 24:27 v.l.; 1 Cl 23:1 (Eur., Hel. 1378; Hdt. 6, 41; X., Hell. 3, 5, 16; ins, pap; Zech 4:7; 6:14; EpArist 272, pl. 230.—B-D-F §47, 3; W-S. §9, 7; Mayser 271f; Thackeray 150; Helbing 40f; Mlt-H. 132.—It seems that χάρις is not always clearly differentiated in mng. fr. χαρά; Apollodorus [II B.C.]: 244 Fgm. 90 Jac. says in the second book περὶ θεῶν: κληθῆναι δὲ αὐτὰς ἀπὸ μὲν τ. χαρᾶς Χάριτας• καὶ γὰρ πολλάκις … οἱ ποιηταὶ τ. χάριν χαρὰν καλοῦσιν ‘the [deities] Charites are so called from χαρά [joy], for poets freq. equate χάρις with χαρά’. Cp. the wordplay AcPl Ha 8, 7 χαρᾶς καὶ χάριτος the house was filled with gaiety and gratitude.).① a winning quality or attractiveness that invites a favorable reaction, graciousness, attractiveness, charm, winsomeness (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 2, 231) of human form and appearance παῖς λίαν εὐειδής ἐν χάριτι an exceptionally fine-looking and winsome youth AcPl Ha 3, 13. Of speech (Demosth. 51, 9; Ps.-Demetr. [I A.D.], Eloc. §127; 133; 135 al.; Eccl 10:12; Sir 21:16; Jos., Ant. 18, 208) οἱ λόγοι τῆς χάριτος (gen. of quality) the gracious words Lk 4:22. ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι let your conversation always be winsome Col 4:6 (cp. Plut., Mor. 514f; s. also HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 121f; Epict. 3, 22, 90). τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ χάριτος ἐπληροῦτο MPol 12:1 can also be placed here in case χάρις means nothing more than graciousness (s. 4 below); prob. also GJs 7:3 (s. 3b).② a beneficent disposition toward someone, favor, grace, gracious care/help, goodwill (almost a t.t. in the reciprocity-oriented world dominated by Hellenic influence [cp. e.g. OGI 669, 29] as well as by the Semitic sense of social obligation expressed in the term חֶסֶד [NGlueck, Das Wort ḥesed in alttestamentlichen Sprachgebrauche etc. 1927]. Of a different order and spirit is the subset of reciprocity known as Roman patronage, in which superiority of the donor over the client is clearly maintained)ⓐ act., that which one grants to another, the action of one who volunteers to do someth. not otherwise obligatory χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ (cp. τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Κλαυδίου χάριτι OGI 669, 29) Ac 11:2 D; 14:26. τοῦ κυρίου 15:40.—Esp. of the beneficent intention of God (cp. χ. in reference to God: Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1005 σοὶ θεόθεν χάρις ἔσσεται; Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 40 χ. τῶν θεῶν; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 320 D.; 53 p. 620; Sextus 436b; likew. in LXX, Philo, Joseph.; SibOr 4, 46=189; 5, 330; Ezk. Trag. 162 [Eus., PE 9, 29, 12].—χ. to denote beneficent dispensations of the emperor: OGI 669, 44 [I A.D.]; BGU 19 I, 21 [II A.D.] χάρ. τοῦ θεοῦ Αὐτοκράτορος; 1085 II, 4) and of Christ, who give (undeserved) gifts to people; God: δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι Ro 3:24. Cp. 5:15a, 20f; 6:1; 11:5 (ἐκλογή 1), 6abc; Gal 1:15 (διά A 3e); Eph 1:6f (KKuhn, NTS 7, ’61, 337 [reff. to Qumran lit.]); 2:5, 7, 8; cp. Pol 1:3; 2 Th 1:12; 2:16; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 2:11 (ἡ χάρ. τοῦ θεοῦ σωτήριος; s. Dibelius, Hdb. exc. after Tit 2:14); 3:7; Hb 2:9 (χωρίς 2aα); 4:16a (DdeSilva, JBL 115, ’96, 100–103); 1 Cl 50:3; ISm 9:2; IPol 7:3. ἐν χάρ[ιτι θεοῦ] AcPl Ha 7, 23 (restoration uncertain). κατὰ χάριν as a favor, out of goodwill (cp. Pla., Leg. 740c; schol. on Soph., Oed. Col. 1751 p. 468 Papag.) Ro 4:4 (opp. κατὰ ὀφείλημα), 16.—The beneficence or favor of Christ: διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι Ac 15:11. Cp. Ro 5:15b; 2 Cor 8:9; 1 Ti 1:14; IPhld 8:1. On Ac 2:47 in this sense s. TAnderson, NTS 34, ’88, 604–10.ⓑ pass., that which one experiences fr. another (Arrian, Anab. Alex. 3, 26, 4) χάριν ἔχειν have favor 3J 4 v.l. πρός τινα with someone=win his respect Ac 2:47 (cp. 2a end; cp. Pind., O. 7, 89f χάριν καὶ ποτʼ ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων grant him respect in the presence of his townfolk as well as strangers); παρά τινι (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 89 §376) Hm 10, 3, 1, cp. 5, 1, 5. εὑρεῖν χάριν παρά τινι (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 77, end) Lk 1:30; Hs 5, 2, 10; ἐνώπιόν τινος Ac 7:46; GJs 11:2 (JosAs 15:14). ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσι μετανοεῖν among those who are about to repent Hm 12, 3, 3. Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:52 (an indication of exceptional ἀρετή, cp. Pind. above). Cp. Ac 4:33; 7:10 (ἐναντίον Φαραώ); Hb 4:16b.—ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν; what credit is that to you? Lk 6:32–34; s. D 1:3; 2 Cl 13:4. Cp. 1 Cor 9:16 v.l. In these passages the mng. comes close to reward (s. Wetter [5 below] 209ff w. reff.).—Also by metonymy that which brings someone (God’s) favor or wins a favorable response fr. God 1 Pt 2:19, 20.ⓒ In Christian epistolary lit. fr. the time of Paul χάρις is found w. the sense (divine) favor in fixed formulas at the beginning and end of letters (Zahn on Gal 1:3; vDobschütz on 1 Th 1:1; ELohmeyer, ZNW 26, 1927, 158ff; APujol, De Salutat. Apost. ‘Gratia vobis et pax’: Verb. Dom. 12, ’32, 38–40; 76–82; WFoerster, TW II ’34, 409ff; Goodsp., Probs. 141f. S. also the lit. s.v. χαίρω 2b). At the beginning of a letter χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη (sc. εἴη; New Docs 8, 127f) Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:2; Phlm 3; Rv 1:4; without ὑμῖν Tit 1:4. χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 Pt 1:2; 2 Pt 1:2; 1 Cl ins. χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; 2J 3 (on the triplet cp. En 5:7 φῶς καὶ χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη).—At the end ἡ χάρις (τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ etc.) μεθʼ ὑμῶν (or μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν etc.) Ro 16:20, 23 (24) v.l.; 1 Cor 16:23; 2 Cor 13:13; Gal 6:18; Eph 6:24; Phil 4:23; Col 4:18; 1 Th 5:28; 2 Th 3:18; 1 Ti 6:21; 2 Ti 4:22; Tit 3:15; Phlm 25; Hb 13:25; Rv 22:21; 1 Cl 65:2. ἔσται ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων τῶν φοβουμένων τὸν Κύριον GJs 25:2. ὁ κύριος τῆς δόξης καὶ πάσης χάριτος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν B 21:9. χάρις ὑμῖν, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ὑπομονὴ διὰ παντός ISm 12:2. ἔρρωσθε ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ 13:2.③ practical application of goodwill, (a sign of) favor, gracious deed/gift, benefactionⓐ on the part of humans (X., Symp. 8, 36, Ages. 4, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 49 §213; Dionys. Hal. 2, 15, 4) χάριν (-ιτα) καταθέσθαι τινί (κατατίθημι 2) Ac 24:27; 25:9. αἰτεῖσθαι χάριν 25:3 (in these passages from Ac χ. suggests [political] favor, someth. one does for another within a reciprocity system. Cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 108 §506 ἐς χάριν Σύλλα=as a favor to Sulla; ApcSed 8:1 οὐκ ἐποίησάς μοι χάριν=you did me no favor). ἵνα δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε that you might have a second proof of my goodwill 2 Cor 1:15 (unless χάρις here means delight [so in poetry, Pind. et al., but also Pla., Isocr.; L-S-J-M s.v. χάρις IV; cp. also the quot. fr. Apollodorus at the beg. of the present entry, and the fact that χαρά is v.l. in 2 Cor 1:15]; in that case δευτέρα means double; but s. comm.). Of the collection for Jerusalem (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 42 §173 χάριτας λαμβάνειν=receive gifts) 1 Cor 16:3; 2 Cor 8:4, 6f, 19 (DdeSilva, JBL 115, ’96, 101). Cp. B 21:7.—Eph 4:29 may suggest a demonstration of human favor (cp. Plut., Mor. 514e χάριν παρασκευάζοντες ἀλλήλοις), but a ref. to the means by which divine grace is mediated is not to be ruled out (s. b below).ⓑ on the part of God and Christ; the context will show whether the emphasis is upon the possession of divine favor as a source of blessings for the believer, or upon a store of favor that is dispensed, or a favored status (i.e. standing in God’s favor) that is brought about, or a gracious deed wrought by God in Christ, or a gracious work that grows fr. more to more (so in contrast to the old covenant Mel., P. 3, 16 al.). God is called ὁ θεὸς πάσης χάριτος 1 Pt 5:10, i.e. God, who is noted for any conceivable benefit or favor; cp. B 21:9.—χάριν διδόναι τινί show favor to someone (Anacr. 110 Diehl; Appian, Ital. 5 §10): τὸν δόντα αὐτῷ τὴν χάριν GJs 14:2. ταπεινοῖς δίδωσι χάριν (Pr 3:34) Js 4:6b; 1 Pt 5:5; 1 Cl 30:2; without a dat. Js 4:6a (Menand., Epitr. 231 S. [55 Kö.]). Perh. καὶ ἔβαλλε κύριος … χάριν ἐπʼ αὐτήν GJs 7:3 (but s. 1 above). The Logos is πλήρης χάριτος J 1:14. Those who belong to him receive of the fullness of his grace, χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος vs. 16 (ἀντί 2). Cp. vs. 17. τὴν χάριν ταύτην ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν this favor (of God) we now enjoy Ro 5:2 (Goodsp.).—5:17; 1 Cor 1:4; 2 Cor 4:15 (divine beneficence in conversion); cp. Ac 11:23; 6:1; Gal 1:6 (by Christ’s gracious deed); 2:21; 5:4; Col 1:6; 2 Ti 2:1; Hb 12:15; 13:9; 1 Pt 1:10, 13; 3:7 (συνκληρονόμοι χάριτος ζωῆς fellow-heirs of the gift that spells life; s. ζωή 2bα); 5:12; 2 Pt 3:18; Jd 4; IPhld 11:1; ISm 6:2. Christians stand ὑπὸ χάριν under God’s gracious will as expressed in their release from legal constraint Ro 6:14f, or they come ὑπὸ τὸν ζυγὸν τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 16:17 (ζυγός 1). The proclamation of salvation is the message of divine beneficence τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 20:24 or ὁ λόγος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) 14:3; 20:32. Even the gospel message can be called ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ 13:43; cp. 18:27; MPol 2:3. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος the Spirit from or through whom (God’s) favor is shown Hb 10:29 (AArgyle, Grace and the Covenant: ET 60, ’48/49, 26f).—Pl. benefits, favors (Diod S 3, 2, 4; 3, 73, 6; Sb 8139, 4 [ins of I B.C.] of Isis; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 190) 1 Cl 23:1.—Nelson Glueck, Das Wort ḥesed etc. 1927, but s. FAndersen, ‘Yahweh, the Kind and Sensitive God’: God Who is Rich in Mercy, ed. PO’Brien/DPeterson ’86.④ exceptional effect produced by generosity, favor. Of effects produced by divine beneficence which go beyond those associated with a specific Christian’s status (ins μεγάλαι χάριτες τοῦ θεου: FCumont, Syria 7, 1926, 347ff), in the congregations of Macedonia 2 Cor 8:1 and Corinth 9:14; cp. vs. 8; in Rome AcPl Ha 7, 8. The Christian confessor is in full possession of divine grace ISm 11:1. Paul knows that through the χάρις of God he has been called to be an apostle, and that he has been fitted out w. the powers and capabilities requisite for this office fr. the same source: Ro 1:5; 12:3; 15:15; 1 Cor 3:10; 15:10ab (for the subject matter cp. Polyb. 12, 12b, 3 αὐτὸν [Alex. the Great] ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου τετευχέναι τούτων ὧν ἔτυχεν=whatever he has received he has received from what is divine. [For this reason he does not deserve any divine honors.]); 2 Cor 12:9; Gal 2:9; Eph 3:2, 7f; Phil 1:7.—The χάρις of God manifests itself in various χαρίσματα: Ro 12:6; Eph 4:7; 1 Pt 4:10. This brings into view a number of passages in which χάρις is evidently to be understood in a very concrete sense. It is hardly to be differentiated fr. δύναμις (θεοῦ) or fr. γνῶσις or δόξα (q.v. 1b. On this subj. s. Wetter [5 below] p. 94ff; esp. 130ff; pap in the GLumbroso Festschr. 1925, 212ff: χάρις, δύναμις, πνεῦμα w. essentially the same mng.; PGM 4, 2438; 3165; Herm. Wr. 1, 32; Just., D. 87, 5 ἀπὸ χάριτος τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ πνεύματος). οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ ἀλλʼ ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ 2 Cor 1:12. οὐκ ἐγὼ δὲ ἀλλὰ ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί 1 Cor 15:10c. αὐξάνετε ἐν χάριτι καὶ γνώσει τοῦ κυρίου 2 Pt 3:18; cp. 1 Cl 55:3; B 1:2 (τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάρις). Stephen is said to be πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως Ac 6:8. Divine power fills the Christian confessor or martyr w. a radiant glow MPol 12:1 (but s. 1 above). As the typical quality of the age to come, contrasted w. the κόσμος D 10:6.⑤ response to generosity or beneficence, thanks, gratitude (a fundamental component in the Gr-Rom. reciprocity system; exx. fr. later times: Diod S 11, 71, 4 [χάριτες=proofs of gratitude]; Appian, Syr. 3, 12; 13. Cp. Wetter [below] p. 206f) χάριν ἔχειν τινί be grateful to someone (Eur., Hec. 767; X., An. 2, 5, 14; Pla., Phlb. 54d; Ath. 2, 1; PLips 104, 14 [I B.C.] χάριν σοι ἔχω) foll. by ὅτι (Epict. 3, 5, 10; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 270; 2, 49) Lk 17:9 (ERiggenbach, NKZ 34, 1923, 439–43); mostly of gratitude to God or Christ; χάρις in our lit. as a whole, in the sense gratitude, refers to appropriate respone to the Deity for benefits conferred (Hom., Pind., Thu. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 208) χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ (POxy 113, 13 [II A.D.] χάριν ἔχω θεοῖς πᾶσιν.—Epict. 4, 7, 9) 2 Ti 1:3; foll. by ὅτι because 1 Ti 1:12 (Herm. Wr. 6, 4 κἀγὼ χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ …, ὅτι; Jos., Ant. 4, 316); χάριν ἔχειν ἐπί τινι be grateful for someth. Phlm 7 v.l. (to humans). ἔχωμεν χάριν let us be thankful (to God) Hb 12:28 (the reason for it is given by the preceding ptc. παραλαμβάνοντες). Elliptically (B-D-F §128, 6; cp. Rob. 1201f) χάρις (ἔστω) τῷ θεῷ (X., Oec. 8, 16 πολλὴ χάρις τοῖς θεοῖς; Epict. 4, 4, 7 χάρις τῷ θεῳ; BGU 843, 6 [I/II A.D.] χάρις τοῖς θεοῖς al. in pap since III B.C..—Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 309) Ro 7:25; MPol 3:1. Foll. by ὅτι (X., An. 3, 3, 14 τοῖς θεοῖς χάρις ὅτι; PFay 124, 16 τοῖς θεοῖς ἐστιν χάρις ὅτι; Epict. 4, 5, 9) Ro 6:17. Foll. by ἐπί τινι for someth. (UPZ 108, 30 [99 B.C.]) 2 Cor 9:15. The reason for the thanks is given in the ptc. agreeing w. τῷ θεῷ 2:14; 8:16; 1 Cor 15:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 6, 145; Philo, Somn. 2, 213). Thankfulness (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51 πρός τινα=toward someone) χάριτι in thankfulness 10:30. So prob. also ἐν τῇ χάριτι in a thankful spirit Col 3:16 (Dibelius, Hdb. ad loc.). πλησθῆναι χαρᾶς καὶ χάριτος AcPl Ha 8, 7. S. εὐχαριστέω, end. Also PSchubert, Form and Function of the Pauline Thanksgivings ’39.—OLoew, Χάρις, diss., Marburg 1908; GWetter, Charis 1913; AvHarnack, Sanftmut, Huld u. Demut in der alten Kirche: JKaftan Festschr. 1920, 113ff; NBonwetsch, Zur Geschichte des Begriffs Gnade in der alten Kirche: Harnack Festgabe 1921, 93–101; EBurton, Gal ICC 1921, 423f; WWhitley, The Doctrine of Grace ’32; JMoffatt, Grace in the NT ’31; RWinkler, D. Gnade im NT: ZST 10, ’33, 642–80; RHomann, D. Gnade in d. Syn. Ev.: ibid. 328–48; JWobbe, D. Charisgedanke b. Pls ’32; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 283–310 (Paul); HBoers, Ἀγάπη and Χάρις in Paul’s Thought: CBQ 59, ’97, 693–713; on 2 Cor 8: FDanker, Augsburg Comm. 2 Cor, 116–34; PRousselot, La Grâce d’après St. Jean et d’après St. Paul: SR 18, 1928, 87–108, Christent. u. Wissensch. 8, ’32, 402–30; JMontgomery, Hebrew Hesed and Gk. Charis: HTR 32, ’39, 97–102; Dodd 61f; TTorrance, The Doctrine of Grace in the Apost. Fathers, ’48; JRenié, Studia Anselmiana 27f, ’51, 340–50; CRSmith, The Bible Doctrine of Grace, ’56; EFlack, The Concept of Grace in Bibl. Thought: Bibl. Studies in Memory of HAlleman, ed. Myers, ’60, 137–54; DDoughty, NTS 19, ’73, 163–80.—B. 1166. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. -
60 Creativity
Put in this bald way, these aims sound utopian. How utopian they areor rather, how imminent their realization-depends on how broadly or narrowly we interpret the term "creative." If we are willing to regard all human complex problem solving as creative, then-as we will point out-successful programs for problem solving mechanisms that simulate human problem solvers already exist, and a number of their general characteristics are known. If we reserve the term "creative" for activities like discovery of the special theory of relativity or the composition of Beethoven's Seventh Symphony, then no example of a creative mechanism exists at the present time. (Simon, 1979, pp. 144-145)Among the questions that can now be given preliminary answers in computational terms are the following: how can ideas from very different sources be spontaneously thought of together? how can two ideas be merged to produce a new structure, which shows the influence of both ancestor ideas without being a mere "cut-and-paste" combination? how can the mind be "primed," so that one will more easily notice serendipitous ideas? why may someone notice-and remember-something fairly uninteresting, if it occurs in an interesting context? how can a brief phrase conjure up an entire melody from memory? and how can we accept two ideas as similar ("love" and "prove" as rhyming, for instance) in respect of a feature not identical in both? The features of connectionist AI models that suggest answers to these questions are their powers of pattern completion, graceful degradation, sensitization, multiple constraint satisfaction, and "best-fit" equilibration.... Here, the important point is that the unconscious, "insightful," associative aspects of creativity can be explained-in outline, at least-by AI methods. (Boden, 1996, p. 273)There thus appears to be an underlying similarity in the process involved in creative innovation and social independence, with common traits and postures required for expression of both behaviors. The difference is one of product-literary, musical, artistic, theoretical products on the one hand, opinions on the other-rather than one of process. In both instances the individual must believe that his perceptions are meaningful and valid and be willing to rely upon his own interpretations. He must trust himself sufficiently that even when persons express opinions counter to his own he can proceed on the basis of his own perceptions and convictions. (Coopersmith, 1967, p. 58)he average level of ego strength and emotional stability is noticeably higher among creative geniuses than among the general population, though it is possibly lower than among men of comparable intelligence and education who go into administrative and similar positions. High anxiety and excitability appear common (e.g. Priestley, Darwin, Kepler) but full-blown neurosis is quite rare. (Cattell & Butcher, 1970, p. 315)he insight that is supposed to be required for such work as discovery turns out to be synonymous with the familiar process of recognition; and other terms commonly used in the discussion of creative work-such terms as "judgment," "creativity," or even "genius"-appear to be wholly dispensable or to be definable, as insight is, in terms of mundane and well-understood concepts. (Simon, 1989, p. 376)From the sketch material still in existence, from the condition of the fragments, and from the autographs themselves we can draw definite conclusions about Mozart's creative process. To invent musical ideas he did not need any stimulation; they came to his mind "ready-made" and in polished form. In contrast to Beethoven, who made numerous attempts at shaping his musical ideas until he found the definitive formulation of a theme, Mozart's first inspiration has the stamp of finality. Any Mozart theme has completeness and unity; as a phenomenon it is a Gestalt. (Herzmann, 1964, p. 28)Great artists enlarge the limits of one's perception. Looking at the world through the eyes of Rembrandt or Tolstoy makes one able to perceive aspects of truth about the world which one could not have achieved without their aid. Freud believed that science was adaptive because it facilitated mastery of the external world; but was it not the case that many scientific theories, like works of art, also originated in phantasy? Certainly, reading accounts of scientific discovery by men of the calibre of Einstein compelled me to conclude that phantasy was not merely escapist, but a way of reaching new insights concerning the nature of reality. Scientific hypotheses require proof; works of art do not. Both are concerned with creating order, with making sense out of the world and our experience of it. (Storr, 1993, p. xii)The importance of self-esteem for creative expression appears to be almost beyond disproof. Without a high regard for himself the individual who is working in the frontiers of his field cannot trust himself to discriminate between the trivial and the significant. Without trust in his own powers the person seeking improved solutions or alternative theories has no basis for distinguishing the significant and profound innovation from the one that is merely different.... An essential component of the creative process, whether it be analysis, synthesis, or the development of a new perspective or more comprehensive theory, is the conviction that one's judgment in interpreting the events is to be trusted. (Coopersmith, 1967, p. 59)In the daily stream of thought these four different stages [preparation; incubation; illumination or inspiration; and verification] constantly overlap each other as we explore different problems. An economist reading a Blue Book, a physiologist watching an experiment, or a business man going through his morning's letters, may at the same time be "incubating" on a problem which he proposed to himself a few days ago, be accumulating knowledge in "preparation" for a second problem, and be "verifying" his conclusions to a third problem. Even in exploring the same problem, the mind may be unconsciously incubating on one aspect of it, while it is consciously employed in preparing for or verifying another aspect. (Wallas, 1926, p. 81)he basic, bisociative pattern of the creative synthesis [is] the sudden interlocking of two previously unrelated skills, or matrices of thought. (Koestler, 1964, p. 121)11) The Earliest Stages in the Creative Process Involve a Commerce with DisorderEven to the creator himself, the earliest effort may seem to involve a commerce with disorder. For the creative order, which is an extension of life, is not an elaboration of the established, but a movement beyond the established, or at least a reorganization of it and often of elements not included in it. The first need is therefore to transcend the old order. Before any new order can be defined, the absolute power of the established, the hold upon us of what we know and are, must be broken. New life comes always from outside our world, as we commonly conceive that world. This is the reason why, in order to invent, one must yield to the indeterminate within him, or, more precisely, to certain illdefined impulses which seem to be of the very texture of the ungoverned fullness which John Livingston Lowes calls "the surging chaos of the unexpressed." (Ghiselin, 1985, p. 4)New life comes always from outside our world, as we commonly conceive our world. This is the reason why, in order to invent, one must yield to the indeterminate within him, or, more precisely, to certain illdefined impulses which seem to be of the very texture of the ungoverned fullness which John Livingston Lowes calls "the surging chaos of the unexpressed." Chaos and disorder are perhaps the wrong terms for that indeterminate fullness and activity of the inner life. For it is organic, dynamic, full of tension and tendency. What is absent from it, except in the decisive act of creation, is determination, fixity, and commitment to one resolution or another of the whole complex of its tensions. (Ghiselin, 1952, p. 13)[P]sychoanalysts have principally been concerned with the content of creative products, and with explaining content in terms of the artist's infantile past. They have paid less attention to examining why the artist chooses his particular activity to express, abreact or sublimate his emotions. In short, they have not made much distinction between art and neurosis; and, since the former is one of the blessings of mankind, whereas the latter is one of the curses, it seems a pity that they should not be better differentiated....Psychoanalysis, being fundamentally concerned with drive and motive, might have been expected to throw more light upon what impels the creative person that in fact it has. (Storr, 1993, pp. xvii, 3)A number of theoretical approaches were considered. Associative theory, as developed by Mednick (1962), gained some empirical support from the apparent validity of the Remote Associates Test, which was constructed on the basis of the theory.... Koestler's (1964) bisociative theory allows more complexity to mental organization than Mednick's associative theory, and postulates "associative contexts" or "frames of reference." He proposed that normal, non-creative, thought proceeds within particular contexts or frames and that the creative act involves linking together previously unconnected frames.... Simonton (1988) has developed associative notions further and explored the mathematical consequences of chance permutation of ideas....Like Koestler, Gruber (1980; Gruber and Davis, 1988) has based his analysis on case studies. He has focused especially on Darwin's development of the theory of evolution. Using piagetian notions, such as assimilation and accommodation, Gruber shows how Darwin's system of ideas changed very slowly over a period of many years. "Moments of insight," in Gruber's analysis, were the culminations of slow long-term processes.... Finally, the information-processing approach, as represented by Simon (1966) and Langley et al. (1987), was considered.... [Simon] points out the importance of good problem representations, both to ensure search is in an appropriate problem space and to aid in developing heuristic evaluations of possible research directions.... The work of Langley et al. (1987) demonstrates how such search processes, realized in computer programs, can indeed discover many basic laws of science from tables of raw data.... Boden (1990a, 1994) has stressed the importance of restructuring the problem space in creative work to develop new genres and paradigms in the arts and sciences. (Gilhooly, 1996, pp. 243-244; emphasis in original)Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Creativity
Страницы
См. также в других словарях:
B movies (1980s to the present) — Cinematic exhibition of the B movie, defined as a relatively low cost genre film, has declined substantially from the early 1980s to the present. Spurred by the historic success of several big budget movies with B style themes beginning in the… … Wikipedia
History of the present illness — In a medical encounter, a history of the present illness (HPI) (termed history of presenting complaint (HPC) in the UK) refers to a detailed interview prompted by the chief complaint or presenting symptom (for example, pain).Questions to… … Wikipedia
Context-dependent memory — refers to improved recall of specific episodes or information when the context present at encoding and retrieval are the same. One particularly common example of context dependence at work occurs when an individual has lost an item (e.g. lost car … Wikipedia
The Blessed Virgin Mary — The Blessed Virgin Mary † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Virgin Mary The Blessed Virgin Mary is the mother of Jesus Christ, the mother of God. In general, the theology and history of Mary the Mother of God follow the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Cantos — by Ezra Pound is a long, incomplete poem in 120 sections, each of which is a canto . Most of it was written between 1915 and 1962, although much of the early work was abandoned and the early cantos, as finally published, date from 1922 onwards.… … Wikipedia
The Syro-Aramaic Reading of the Koran — … Wikipedia
The Shining (film) — The Shining Theatrical release poster Directed by Stanley Kubrick Produced by Stanle … Wikipedia
The Green Book (IRA training manual) — The IRA Green Book is a training and induction manual issued by the Irish Republican Army to new volunteers. It was used by the post Irish Civil War Irish Republican Army (IRA) and Cumann na mBan, ( League of Women ), along with offspring… … Wikipedia
The Blessed Trinity — The Blessed Trinity † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Trinity This article is divided as follows: I. Dogma of the Trinity; II. Proof of the Doctrine from Scripture; III. Proof of the Doctrine from Tradition;… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Urantia Book — Cover of the … Wikipedia
The Incarnation — The Incarnation † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Incarnation I. The Fact of the Incarnation (1) The Divine Person of Jesus Christ A. Old Testament Proofs B. New Testament Proofs C. Witness of Tradition (2) The Human… … Catholic encyclopedia
